1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
68 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
70 #include "insn-config.h"
78 #include "dwarf2out.h"
79 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
84 #include "diagnostic.h"
85 #include "tree-pretty-print.h"
88 #include "langhooks.h"
93 #include "tree-pass.h"
94 #include "tree-flow.h"
96 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
97 static rtx last_var_location_insn
;
99 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
100 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
102 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
103 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
104 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
105 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
106 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
107 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
108 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
109 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
111 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
112 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
115 /* ??? Poison these here until it can be done generically. They've been
116 totally replaced in this file; make sure it stays that way. */
117 #undef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
118 #undef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
119 #if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000)
120 #pragma GCC poison DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
123 #ifndef INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
124 #define INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX (gcc_unreachable (), NULL_RTX)
127 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
128 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
129 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
130 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
131 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
134 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
135 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm
= 0;
137 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
141 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
143 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
144 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
145 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
146 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
|| write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
)
149 if (saved_do_cfi_asm
)
152 if (targetm
.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2
)
155 if ((flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
)
156 && targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) == UI_DWARF2
)
162 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
165 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
169 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
172 if (saved_do_cfi_asm
)
174 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm
|| !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
176 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE
)
179 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
180 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
181 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
182 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
184 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
185 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
188 /* If we can't get the assembler to emit only .debug_frame, and we don't need
189 dwarf2 unwind info for exceptions, then emit .debug_frame by hand. */
190 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
191 && !flag_unwind_tables
&& !flag_exceptions
192 && targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) != UI_DWARF2
)
195 saved_do_cfi_asm
= true;
199 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
201 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
204 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
205 must be kept around forever. */
206 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx
,gc
) *used_rtx_array
;
208 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
209 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
210 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
212 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *incomplete_types
;
214 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
215 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
216 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
217 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
218 define type declaration DIE's. */
219 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *decl_scope_table
;
221 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
222 static GTY(()) section
*debug_info_section
;
223 static GTY(()) section
*debug_abbrev_section
;
224 static GTY(()) section
*debug_aranges_section
;
225 static GTY(()) section
*debug_macinfo_section
;
226 static GTY(()) section
*debug_line_section
;
227 static GTY(()) section
*debug_loc_section
;
228 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubnames_section
;
229 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubtypes_section
;
230 static GTY(()) section
*debug_dcall_section
;
231 static GTY(()) section
*debug_vcall_section
;
232 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_section
;
233 static GTY(()) section
*debug_ranges_section
;
234 static GTY(()) section
*debug_frame_section
;
236 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
238 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality
;
240 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
241 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
242 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
245 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
246 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
247 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
249 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
250 Information instructions. The register number, offset
251 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
252 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
254 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
256 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
262 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
{
263 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
264 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
265 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
266 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
270 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct
{
271 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
272 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
273 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
275 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
280 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
281 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
282 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
283 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
284 of this structure. */
285 typedef struct cfa_loc
{
286 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
287 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
289 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect
: 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
290 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use
: 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
293 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
294 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
295 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
296 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
297 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
299 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct
{
301 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
302 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
303 const char *dw_fde_end
;
304 const char *dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
;
305 const char *dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
;
306 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
307 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
308 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
309 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
310 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
311 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi
; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
312 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment
;
313 unsigned funcdef_number
;
314 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
315 unsigned int drap_reg
;
316 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
317 unsigned int vdrap_reg
;
318 /* These 3 flags are copied from rtl_data in function.h. */
319 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
320 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
321 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
322 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
323 unsigned stack_realign
: 1;
324 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
325 unsigned drap_reg_saved
: 1;
326 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
327 unsigned in_std_section
: 1;
328 /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
329 cold_text_section. */
330 unsigned cold_in_std_section
: 1;
331 /* True iff switched sections. */
332 unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections
: 1;
333 /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */
334 unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
: 1;
338 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
339 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
341 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
342 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
343 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
344 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
346 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
347 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
350 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
351 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
352 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
355 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
356 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
359 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
361 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
362 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
365 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
366 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
367 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
370 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
371 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
373 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
374 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
377 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
378 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
379 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
381 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
382 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
383 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
384 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
386 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
390 /* CIE identifier. */
391 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
392 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
393 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
395 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
398 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
399 information for each routine. */
400 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
402 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
403 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
405 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
406 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
408 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
410 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
412 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
414 static inline dw_fde_ref
417 return fde_table_in_use
? &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1] : NULL
;
420 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
421 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
423 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
424 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
425 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
426 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
427 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
429 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node
{
431 unsigned int refcount
;
432 enum dwarf_form form
;
436 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
438 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
440 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced
= false;
442 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
443 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
445 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
446 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
448 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
450 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used
= false;
451 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used
= false;
453 /* The default cold text section. */
454 static GTY(()) section
*cold_text_section
;
456 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
458 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
459 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
460 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
461 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
462 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
463 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*, dw_cfa_location
*);
464 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
465 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
466 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
467 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
469 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
470 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref
);
471 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
472 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
473 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx
);
474 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
476 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
477 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
, int);
478 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref
);
479 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
480 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
481 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
482 (dw_cfa_location
*, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
483 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_aligned_loc
484 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
485 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
486 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*mem_loc_descriptor
487 (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
, enum var_init_status
);
489 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
490 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
491 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
494 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
495 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
496 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
498 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
499 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
502 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
503 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
506 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
507 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
510 #ifndef PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
511 #define PROLOGUE_END_LABEL "LPE"
514 #ifndef EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
515 #define EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL "LEB"
518 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
519 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
521 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
522 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
523 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
524 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
525 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
526 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
527 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
528 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
529 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
530 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
532 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
533 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
535 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
537 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
539 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
543 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
544 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
545 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
546 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
549 /* Match the base name of a file to the base name of a compilation unit. */
552 matches_main_base (const char *path
)
554 /* Cache the last query. */
555 static const char *last_path
= NULL
;
556 static int last_match
= 0;
557 if (path
!= last_path
)
560 int length
= base_of_path (path
, &base
);
562 last_match
= (length
== main_input_baselength
563 && memcmp (base
, main_input_basename
, length
) == 0);
568 #ifdef DEBUG_DEBUG_STRUCT
571 dump_struct_debug (tree type
, enum debug_info_usage usage
,
572 enum debug_struct_file criterion
, int generic
,
573 int matches
, int result
)
575 /* Find the type name. */
576 tree type_decl
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
);
578 const char *name
= 0;
579 if (TREE_CODE (t
) == TYPE_DECL
)
582 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
584 fprintf (stderr
, " struct %d %s %s %s %s %d %p %s\n",
586 DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl
) ? "sys" : "usr",
587 matches
? "bas" : "hdr",
588 generic
? "gen" : "ord",
589 usage
== DINFO_USAGE_DFN
? ";" :
590 usage
== DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
? "." : "*",
592 (void*) type_decl
, name
);
595 #define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \
596 dump_struct_debug (type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result)
600 #define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \
606 should_emit_struct_debug (tree type
, enum debug_info_usage usage
)
608 enum debug_struct_file criterion
;
610 bool generic
= lang_hooks
.types
.generic_p (type
);
613 criterion
= debug_struct_generic
[usage
];
615 criterion
= debug_struct_ordinary
[usage
];
617 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_NONE
)
618 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, false);
619 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_ANY
)
620 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, true);
622 type_decl
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
));
624 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_SYS
&& DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl
))
625 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, true);
627 if (matches_main_base (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (type_decl
)))
628 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, true, true);
629 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, false);
632 /* Hook used by __throw. */
635 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
637 unsigned int dwarf_regnum
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
638 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum
, 1));
641 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
642 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
645 stripattributes (const char *s
)
647 char *stripped
= XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s
) + 2);
652 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
659 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
660 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
663 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx mem
, unsigned int c
)
665 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= c
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
666 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode
);
667 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
670 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
672 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
673 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
675 HOST_WIDE_INT r
= off
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
676 gcc_assert (r
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== off
);
680 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
681 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
684 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
686 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
< 0 ? off
> 0 : off
< 0;
689 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
692 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
695 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
696 rtx addr
= expand_normal (address
);
697 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
698 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
700 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
702 int rnum
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
), 1);
704 if (rnum
< DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
706 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= rnum
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
707 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
710 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
711 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
712 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
714 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
716 wrote_return_column
= true;
718 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
722 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
),
723 gen_int_mode (size
, mode
));
727 if (!wrote_return_column
)
728 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
730 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
731 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
734 targetm
.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address
);
737 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
740 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
744 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
745 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
747 return "DW_CFA_offset";
749 return "DW_CFA_restore";
753 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
754 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
755 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
756 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
757 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
758 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
759 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
760 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
761 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
762 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
763 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
764 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
765 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
766 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
767 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
768 case DW_CFA_register
:
769 return "DW_CFA_register";
770 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
771 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
772 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
773 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
775 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
776 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
777 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
778 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
779 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
782 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
783 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
784 case DW_CFA_expression
:
785 return "DW_CFA_expression";
786 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
787 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
788 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
789 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
790 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
791 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
793 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
794 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
795 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
798 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
799 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
800 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
801 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
802 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
803 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
806 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
810 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
812 static inline dw_cfi_ref
815 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= ggc_alloc_dw_cfi_node ();
817 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
818 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
819 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
824 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
827 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
830 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
832 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
833 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
834 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
835 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
836 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
837 if (0 && fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
838 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
840 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
841 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
842 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
844 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
851 /* Find the end of the chain. */
852 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
858 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
859 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
862 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force
)
864 static char label
[20];
866 if (!force
&& dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
868 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
869 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
871 strcpy (label
, "<do not output>");
875 int num
= dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++;
876 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", num
);
877 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LCFI", num
);
883 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
884 static bool emit_cfa_remember
;
886 /* True if any CFI directives were emitted at the current insn. */
887 static bool any_cfis_emitted
;
889 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
890 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
893 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
895 dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
;
897 if (emit_cfa_remember
)
899 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember
;
901 /* Emit the state save. */
902 emit_cfa_remember
= false;
903 cfi_remember
= new_cfi ();
904 cfi_remember
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_remember_state
;
905 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi_remember
);
908 list_head
= &cie_cfi_head
;
910 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
914 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
916 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
918 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
919 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
920 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
921 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
922 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
923 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
924 if (dwarf_version
== 2
925 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
926 && (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
927 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
))
929 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
931 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
932 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
933 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
935 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
936 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
937 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
938 if (*label
== 0 || strcmp (label
, "<do not output>") == 0)
939 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
941 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
942 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
946 label
= xstrdup (label
);
948 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
950 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
951 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
952 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
953 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
954 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_set_loc
;
955 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
956 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
957 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
965 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
967 list_head
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
968 any_cfis_emitted
= true;
970 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
971 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
972 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
973 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
974 sure how to address this for now. */
978 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
980 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
983 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
985 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
986 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
990 label
= xstrdup (label
);
992 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
994 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
995 set the location directly using set_loc. */
996 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= fde
->dw_fde_current_label
997 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
999 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
1000 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
1002 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
1005 list_head
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
1006 any_cfis_emitted
= true;
1009 add_cfi (list_head
, cfi
);
1012 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
1015 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
, dw_cfa_location
*remember
)
1017 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
1019 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1020 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1021 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
1023 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1024 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
1026 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1027 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1028 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
1029 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
1031 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1032 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
1035 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
1036 gcc_assert (!remember
->in_use
);
1038 remember
->in_use
= 1;
1040 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
1041 gcc_assert (remember
->in_use
);
1043 remember
->in_use
= 0;
1051 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
1054 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
1058 dw_cfa_location remember
;
1060 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
1061 loc
->reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1064 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
1065 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
, &remember
);
1067 fde
= current_fde ();
1069 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
1070 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
, &remember
);
1073 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
1074 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
1076 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
1078 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
1080 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
1081 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember
;
1083 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
1084 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
1086 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
1087 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
1089 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
1090 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
1091 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
1094 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1096 dw_cfa_location loc
;
1098 loc
.base_offset
= 0;
1100 loc
.offset
= offset
;
1101 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
1104 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1107 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location
*loc1
, const dw_cfa_location
*loc2
)
1109 return (loc1
->reg
== loc2
->reg
1110 && loc1
->offset
== loc2
->offset
1111 && loc1
->indirect
== loc2
->indirect
1112 && (loc1
->indirect
== 0
1113 || loc1
->base_offset
== loc2
->base_offset
));
1116 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1117 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1120 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
1123 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
1128 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
1129 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
1131 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
1132 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
1134 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1135 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc
, &old_cfa
))
1140 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
&& !old_cfa
.indirect
)
1142 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1143 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1144 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1145 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1147 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
;
1149 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
1150 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
1153 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1154 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
1155 && old_cfa
.reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
1157 && !old_cfa
.indirect
)
1159 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1160 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1161 offset has not changed. */
1162 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
1163 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
1167 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
1169 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1170 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1171 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1172 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1175 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
1177 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
1178 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
1179 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
1183 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1184 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1185 register-offset pair is available. */
1186 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
1188 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
1189 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
, 0);
1190 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
1193 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1196 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1197 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1198 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1199 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1202 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1204 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1205 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
1207 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
1209 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1212 && fde
->stack_realign
1213 && sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
1215 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_expression
;
1216 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
1217 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
1218 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset
, fde
->stack_realignment
);
1220 else if (sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
1222 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset
))
1223 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
1224 else if (reg
& ~0x3f)
1225 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
1227 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
1228 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
1230 else if (sreg
== reg
)
1231 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_same_value
;
1234 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
1235 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
1238 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1241 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1242 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1243 from the previous frame's window save area.
1245 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1246 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1249 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
1251 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1253 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
1254 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1257 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1258 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1261 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1263 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1266 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1267 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1270 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1272 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1275 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1276 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1279 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
1281 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg
), 0);
1284 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1285 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1288 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
1290 unsigned int reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1291 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1293 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1296 /* RA is in a register. */
1297 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
1301 /* RA is on the stack. */
1302 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
1303 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1306 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1311 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1312 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1316 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1317 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1327 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1328 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1329 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1330 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
1331 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
1338 if (reg
!= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
1339 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
1342 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1345 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1346 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1347 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset
)
1349 const_rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
1350 const_rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
1351 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1354 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1356 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1358 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1360 if (code
== REG
&& src
!= stack_pointer_rtx
)
1362 offset
= -cur_args_size
;
1363 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1366 return offset
- cur_offset
;
1369 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
1370 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1371 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1374 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1375 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1381 if (MEM_P (src
) && !MEM_P (dest
))
1385 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1386 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1387 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1393 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1395 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1396 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1397 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == PLUS
1398 && CONST_INT_P (val
));
1399 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1406 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1408 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1415 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1417 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1432 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1433 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1435 static HOST_WIDE_INT
*barrier_args_size
;
1437 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1439 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1440 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1441 VEC (rtx
, heap
) **next
)
1443 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1446 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1448 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1450 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1451 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), cur_args_size
, 0);
1452 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1453 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1455 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1457 for (i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1458 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1459 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1460 cur_args_size
, offset
);
1465 rtx expr
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1469 expr
= XEXP (expr
, 0);
1470 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
1471 || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1472 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (expr
, 0); i
++)
1474 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, i
);
1476 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
&& !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
1477 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, cur_args_size
, offset
);
1482 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1486 cur_args_size
+= offset
;
1487 if (cur_args_size
< 0)
1492 rtx dest
= JUMP_LABEL (insn
);
1496 if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] < 0)
1498 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] = cur_args_size
;
1499 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, heap
, *next
, dest
);
1504 return cur_args_size
;
1507 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1510 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1512 int max_uid
= get_max_uid (), i
;
1514 VEC (rtx
, heap
) *worklist
, *next
, *tmp
;
1516 barrier_args_size
= XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT
, max_uid
);
1517 for (i
= 0; i
< max_uid
; i
++)
1518 barrier_args_size
[i
] = -1;
1520 worklist
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1521 next
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1522 insn
= get_insns ();
1523 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = 0;
1524 VEC_quick_push (rtx
, worklist
, insn
);
1527 while (!VEC_empty (rtx
, worklist
))
1529 rtx prev
, body
, first_insn
;
1530 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
;
1532 first_insn
= insn
= VEC_pop (rtx
, worklist
);
1533 cur_args_size
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1534 prev
= prev_nonnote_insn (insn
);
1535 if (prev
&& BARRIER_P (prev
))
1536 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (prev
)] = cur_args_size
;
1538 for (; insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
1540 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
) || NOTE_P (insn
))
1542 if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1547 if (insn
== first_insn
)
1549 else if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] < 0)
1551 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = cur_args_size
;
1556 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1557 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1562 body
= PATTERN (insn
);
1563 if (GET_CODE (body
) == SEQUENCE
)
1565 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size
= cur_args_size
;
1566 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (body
, 0); i
++)
1567 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0))
1568 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
)))
1570 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1571 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1574 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1575 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1577 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0)))
1578 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1579 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1582 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1583 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1587 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn
, cur_args_size
, &next
);
1591 if (VEC_empty (rtx
, next
))
1594 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1598 VEC_truncate (rtx
, next
, 0);
1601 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, worklist
);
1602 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, next
);
1605 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1606 pushed onto the stack. */
1609 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
1613 if (size
== old_args_size
)
1616 old_args_size
= size
;
1619 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
1620 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
1621 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1624 /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
1627 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, const char *label
)
1629 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1630 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1632 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1633 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1635 if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1638 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1642 args_size
+= offset
;
1646 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1647 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1648 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1651 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1652 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
1653 how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1656 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
1658 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1662 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1663 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1664 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1665 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1666 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1669 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1670 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1671 shouldn't change at all. */
1673 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence
, 0, 0))
1674 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn
))
1677 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1678 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1679 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1681 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1683 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1684 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1685 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1686 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1687 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1688 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1689 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL
);
1690 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1695 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1697 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1698 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size
);
1701 else if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1703 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1704 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1705 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
&& next_nonnote_insn (insn
))
1706 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1707 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
)
1711 offset
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1716 offset
-= args_size
;
1717 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1721 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1722 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), args_size
, 0);
1723 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1724 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1726 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1728 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1729 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1730 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1739 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1740 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset
, label
);
1743 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1744 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1745 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1747 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save
{
1748 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1750 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1754 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1756 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1757 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data
{
1762 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1763 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1764 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1765 more efficient data structure. */
1766 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs
[4];
1767 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs
;
1769 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1771 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1772 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1775 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1777 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1779 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1780 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1782 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
1783 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1788 q
= ggc_alloc_queued_reg_save ();
1789 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1790 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1794 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1795 q
->saved_reg
= sreg
;
1797 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1800 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1803 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1805 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1807 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1810 unsigned int reg
, sreg
;
1812 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1813 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (q
->reg
))
1815 if (q
->saved_reg
&& i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1817 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1818 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1820 if (i
!= num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1822 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= q
->reg
;
1823 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= q
->saved_reg
;
1826 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->reg
));
1828 sreg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->saved_reg
));
1830 sreg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1831 reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, reg
, sreg
, q
->cfa_offset
);
1834 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1835 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1838 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1839 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1840 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1841 have a new location for? */
1844 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn
)
1846 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1848 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1851 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1853 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1854 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
)
1855 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
, insn
))
1862 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1865 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
)
1868 unsigned int regno
, sregno
;
1870 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1871 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1873 if (i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1875 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1876 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1878 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= reg
;
1879 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= sreg
;
1881 regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1882 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg
));
1883 reg_save (label
, regno
, sregno
, 0);
1886 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1889 reg_saved_in (rtx reg
)
1891 unsigned int regn
= REGNO (reg
);
1893 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1895 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1896 if (q
->saved_reg
&& regn
== REGNO (q
->saved_reg
))
1899 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1900 if (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
1901 && regn
== REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
))
1902 return regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
;
1908 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1909 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1910 value, not an offset. */
1911 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1913 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1916 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat
, const char *label
)
1918 memset (&cfa
, 0, sizeof (cfa
));
1920 switch (GET_CODE (pat
))
1923 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (XEXP (pat
, 0));
1924 cfa
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (pat
, 1));
1928 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (pat
);
1933 pat
= XEXP (pat
, 0);
1934 if (GET_CODE (pat
) == PLUS
)
1936 cfa
.base_offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (pat
, 1));
1937 pat
= XEXP (pat
, 0);
1939 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (pat
);
1943 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1947 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1950 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1953 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat
, const char *label
)
1957 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat
) == SET
);
1958 dest
= XEXP (pat
, 0);
1959 src
= XEXP (pat
, 1);
1961 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1964 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
);
1965 cfa
.offset
-= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1975 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1976 gcc_assert (cfa
.indirect
== 0);
1978 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1981 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1984 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set
, const char *label
)
1986 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1987 rtx src
, addr
, span
;
1989 src
= XEXP (set
, 1);
1990 addr
= XEXP (set
, 0);
1991 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr
));
1992 addr
= XEXP (addr
, 0);
1994 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1995 switch (GET_CODE (addr
))
1998 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr
) == cfa
.reg
);
1999 offset
= -cfa
.offset
;
2002 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
);
2003 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (addr
, 1)) - cfa
.offset
;
2009 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
2011 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
2012 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
2014 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
)), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
2017 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
2018 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
2021 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
2023 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
2025 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
2026 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2028 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
2030 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem
)),
2031 INVALID_REGNUM
, span_offset
);
2032 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
2037 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
2040 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set
, const char *label
)
2043 unsigned sregno
, dregno
;
2045 src
= XEXP (set
, 1);
2046 dest
= XEXP (set
, 0);
2049 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
2051 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
));
2053 dregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest
));
2055 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
2056 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
2057 reg_save (label
, sregno
, dregno
, 0);
2060 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_EXPRESSION note. */
2063 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_expression (rtx set
, const char *label
)
2065 rtx src
, dest
, span
;
2066 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
2068 dest
= SET_DEST (set
);
2069 src
= SET_SRC (set
);
2071 gcc_assert (REG_P (src
));
2072 gcc_assert (MEM_P (dest
));
2074 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
2077 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_expression
;
2078 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
));
2079 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
2080 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (dest
, 0), GET_MODE (dest
),
2081 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
2083 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, were the interface different,
2084 and, as above, we could manage flushing for epilogues. */
2085 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
2088 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
2091 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg
, const char *label
)
2093 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
2094 unsigned int regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
2096 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= (regno
& ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended
: DW_CFA_restore
);
2097 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= regno
;
2099 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
2102 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
2103 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
2104 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
2105 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
2107 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
2108 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
2109 users need not read the source code.
2111 The High-Level Picture
2113 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
2114 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
2115 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
2116 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
2117 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
2119 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
2120 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
2121 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
2122 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
2123 saves. This also seems to work.
2125 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
2126 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
2127 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
2128 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
2129 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
2130 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
2131 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
2132 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2133 value as in the caller.
2135 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2136 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2137 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2138 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2140 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2143 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2145 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2146 consists of a register and an offset.
2147 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2148 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2149 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2150 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2151 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2152 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2153 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2155 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2156 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2157 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2160 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2161 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2162 and cfa_temp.offset.
2164 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2167 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2168 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2169 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2171 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2172 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2173 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2174 register instead of CFA+offset.
2178 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2179 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2182 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2183 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2184 cfa.offset unchanged
2185 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2186 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2189 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2190 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2191 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2192 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2193 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2194 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2197 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2198 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2199 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2202 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2203 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2205 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2206 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2207 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2210 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2211 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2213 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2214 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2217 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2218 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2219 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2222 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2223 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2224 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2227 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2231 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2232 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2233 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2236 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2237 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2238 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2240 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2243 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2244 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2245 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2247 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2250 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2253 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2254 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2257 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2258 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2259 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2262 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2263 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2264 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2265 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2268 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2269 effects: target-dependent
2272 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2273 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2274 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2275 cfa_store.offset = 0
2276 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2279 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2280 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2283 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2284 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2285 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2286 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2289 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2290 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2292 && cfa.indirect == 0
2293 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2294 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2295 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg */
2298 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
2300 rtx src
, dest
, span
;
2301 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
2304 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2305 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2306 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2307 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2308 flag is set in them. */
2309 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
2312 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
2315 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2316 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2317 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2318 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2319 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2320 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
)
2321 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2323 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
2324 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2325 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
))
2326 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
2327 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
2330 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2332 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
2333 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2334 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
)) || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
2335 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
2336 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
2337 else if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2339 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
2341 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2342 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2343 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, args_size
, 0);
2346 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset
, label
);
2352 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr
) == SET
);
2354 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
2355 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
2359 rtx rsi
= reg_saved_in (src
);
2364 fde
= current_fde ();
2366 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
2369 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
2371 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2373 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
2376 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2377 relative to the current CFA register.
2379 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2380 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2381 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2382 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2383 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2384 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2385 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2389 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2390 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs
[REGNO (dest
)]
2391 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2392 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
))
2393 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
));
2395 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2396 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2397 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2398 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2400 && fde
->stack_realign
2401 && REGNO (src
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2402 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest
) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2403 && fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
2404 && cfa
.reg
!= REGNO (src
));
2406 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, dest
, 0);
2413 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
2417 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2420 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2423 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1))
2425 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2431 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2433 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2434 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2435 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2437 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
2438 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2441 gcc_assert (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
);
2443 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2445 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2446 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2447 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2448 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2450 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2453 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2454 or adjusting the FP */
2455 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed
);
2457 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2458 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2459 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)));
2460 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2461 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2463 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2464 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2468 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
);
2471 if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2472 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2473 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2475 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2476 into the FP later on. */
2477 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2478 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2479 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2480 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2481 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2482 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2486 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2487 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2488 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2490 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2491 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2492 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2493 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2494 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
2498 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
2499 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2501 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2502 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2511 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2512 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
2517 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2518 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2519 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)));
2521 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
2522 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2523 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2526 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2527 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2534 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE
:
2535 gcc_assert (targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec
);
2536 targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label
, expr
, XINT (src
, 1));
2541 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2542 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2544 if (fde
&& XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2546 /* We interpret reg_save differently with stack_realign set.
2547 Thus we must flush whatever we have queued first. */
2548 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2550 gcc_assert (cfa_store
.reg
== REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)));
2551 fde
->stack_realign
= 1;
2552 fde
->stack_realignment
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2553 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2555 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2556 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2557 fde
->drap_reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2565 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2570 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2572 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
2577 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2578 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1))
2580 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
2582 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2583 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2585 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2586 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2587 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2589 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2595 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2596 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
2599 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0))
2600 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2601 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2603 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2605 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2606 reference to represent the address of the stored
2609 && fde
->stack_realign
2610 && src
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2612 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2613 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2616 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2617 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2619 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2623 /* With an offset. */
2630 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1))
2631 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2632 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
2633 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
2636 regno
= REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0));
2638 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2639 offset
-= cfa
.offset
;
2640 else if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2641 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
2644 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2645 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2651 /* Without an offset. */
2654 int regno
= REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0));
2656 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2657 offset
= -cfa
.offset
;
2658 else if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2659 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2662 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2663 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2670 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
2671 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2672 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2673 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2681 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2682 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2683 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2687 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2688 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2689 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
2691 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2693 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
2696 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2697 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2698 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2699 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2702 && fde
->stack_realign
2703 && cfa
.indirect
== 0
2704 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2706 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp
;
2708 gcc_assert (fde
->drap_reg
== cfa
.reg
);
2710 cfa_exp
.indirect
= 1;
2711 cfa_exp
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2712 cfa_exp
.base_offset
= offset
;
2715 fde
->drap_reg_saved
= 1;
2717 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa_exp
);
2721 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2722 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2724 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2725 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2730 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2731 calculate the CFA. */
2732 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
2736 gcc_assert (REG_P (x
));
2738 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
2739 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
2741 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2746 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2748 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
2751 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2754 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2755 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2759 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
2761 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
2763 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
2764 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2766 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
2768 queue_reg_save (label
, elem
, NULL_RTX
, span_offset
);
2769 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
2780 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2781 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2782 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2784 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2785 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2788 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
2792 bool handled_one
= false;
2794 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
2798 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2799 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2801 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2804 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
2806 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2809 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
2811 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
2813 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2814 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2816 num_regs_saved_in_regs
= 0;
2818 if (barrier_args_size
)
2820 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size
);
2821 barrier_args_size
= NULL
;
2826 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn
) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
2827 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2829 if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
2831 /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2832 matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2833 is still used to save registers. */
2834 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
2835 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn
, after_p
);
2839 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2840 any_cfis_emitted
= false;
2842 for (note
= REG_NOTES (insn
); note
; note
= XEXP (note
, 1))
2843 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note
))
2845 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
:
2846 insn
= XEXP (note
, 0);
2849 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA
:
2850 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note
, 0), label
);
2854 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA
:
2859 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2860 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2862 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n
, label
);
2866 case REG_CFA_OFFSET
:
2869 n
= single_set (insn
);
2870 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n
, label
);
2874 case REG_CFA_REGISTER
:
2879 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2880 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2882 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n
, label
);
2886 case REG_CFA_EXPRESSION
:
2889 n
= single_set (insn
);
2890 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_expression (n
, label
);
2894 case REG_CFA_RESTORE
:
2899 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2900 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2903 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n
, label
);
2907 case REG_CFA_SET_VDRAP
:
2911 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
2914 gcc_assert (fde
->vdrap_reg
== INVALID_REGNUM
);
2916 fde
->vdrap_reg
= REGNO (n
);
2927 if (any_cfis_emitted
)
2928 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2932 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
2934 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
2936 /* Check again. A parallel can save and update the same register.
2937 We could probably check just once, here, but this is safer than
2938 removing the check above. */
2939 if (any_cfis_emitted
|| clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
2940 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2943 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2944 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2945 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2946 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2949 dwarf2out_cfi_begin_epilogue (rtx insn
)
2951 bool saw_frp
= false;
2954 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2955 frame related insns. */
2956 for (i
= NEXT_INSN (insn
); i
; i
= NEXT_INSN (i
))
2961 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2962 if (returnjump_p (i
))
2964 if (CALL_P (i
) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i
))
2967 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i
)) == SEQUENCE
)
2970 rtx seq
= PATTERN (i
);
2972 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0)))
2974 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0))
2975 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0)))
2978 for (idx
= 0; idx
< XVECLEN (seq
, 0); idx
++)
2979 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, idx
)))
2983 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i
))
2987 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2988 save/restore pair. */
2992 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2993 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2994 gcc_assert (i
!= NULL
);
2995 i
= next_real_insn (i
);
2999 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
3000 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
3001 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
3002 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
3005 rtx p
= PREV_INSN (i
);
3008 if (NOTE_KIND (p
) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK
)
3012 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE
, i
);
3014 emit_cfa_remember
= true;
3016 /* And emulate the state save. */
3017 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember
.in_use
);
3019 cfa_remember
.in_use
= 1;
3022 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_cfi_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore
3026 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
3028 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
3029 const char *label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
3031 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_restore_state
;
3032 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
3034 gcc_assert (cfa_remember
.in_use
);
3036 cfa_remember
.in_use
= 0;
3039 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
3040 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
3041 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
3043 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
3044 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
3049 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3050 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3051 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
3052 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
3054 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3055 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3056 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3057 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3058 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3059 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
3062 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3063 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3064 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3065 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3066 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3067 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3068 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3069 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3070 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3071 case DW_CFA_register
:
3072 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3073 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
3075 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3076 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3077 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3078 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
3080 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3081 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
3088 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
3089 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
3090 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
3092 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
3093 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
3097 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3098 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3100 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3101 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3102 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
3104 case DW_CFA_register
:
3105 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
3107 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3108 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
3111 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
3115 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
3116 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
3117 for collect2 the first time around. */
3120 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back
)
3124 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
3125 if (eh_frame_section
== 0)
3129 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
)
3135 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
3137 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
3139 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
3141 flags
= ((! flag_pic
3142 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3143 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
3144 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3145 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
3146 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3147 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
3148 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE
);
3151 flags
= SECTION_WRITE
;
3152 eh_frame_section
= get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
, NULL
);
3154 #endif /* EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME */
3156 if (eh_frame_section
)
3157 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section
);
3160 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3161 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3162 switch_to_section (data_section
);
3166 label
= get_file_function_name ("F");
3167 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
3168 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
,
3169 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
3170 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
3175 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3179 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh
, bool back
)
3182 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back
);
3185 if (!debug_frame_section
)
3186 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
3187 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
3188 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section
);
3192 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3195 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
3200 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
3201 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
3202 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
3203 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
3204 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)
3205 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
));
3206 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
3208 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3209 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
3210 "DW_CFA_offset, column %#lx", r
);
3211 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3212 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3214 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
3216 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3217 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
3218 "DW_CFA_restore, column %#lx", r
);
3222 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
3223 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
3225 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3227 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3229 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3230 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3231 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
3234 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3235 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
3236 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3239 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3240 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3241 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3242 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3245 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3246 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3247 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3248 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3251 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3252 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3253 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3254 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3257 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3258 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3259 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3260 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3263 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3264 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3265 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3266 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3267 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3270 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3271 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3272 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3273 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
3276 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3277 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3278 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3279 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3280 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3283 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3284 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3285 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3286 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3287 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3290 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3291 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3292 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3293 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3294 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3295 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3298 case DW_CFA_register
:
3299 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3300 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3301 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3302 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3305 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3306 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3307 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
3310 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3311 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3312 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3315 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3318 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3319 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3320 output_cfa_loc (cfi
, for_eh
);
3323 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
3324 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3333 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3336 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3338 unsigned long r
, r2
;
3340 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3342 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
3343 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3344 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3345 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3346 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3347 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3348 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3349 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3350 going to take care of this for us. */
3354 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3355 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3356 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3357 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3358 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3361 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3362 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3363 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3364 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r
);
3367 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3368 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3369 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r
);
3372 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3373 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3374 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r
);
3377 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3378 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3379 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3380 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3381 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3384 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3385 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3386 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r
);
3389 case DW_CFA_register
:
3390 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3391 r2
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3392 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r
, r2
);
3395 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3396 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3397 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3398 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3399 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3402 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3403 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3405 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
3406 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3409 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3410 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
);
3411 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3413 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
,
3414 ASM_COMMENT_START
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3415 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3418 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3419 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3422 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3423 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3424 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
);
3425 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi
);
3426 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3434 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref
);
3435 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
);
3437 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3438 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3439 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3440 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3443 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, bool do_cfi_asm
, dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
)
3445 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf
;
3447 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size
= NULL
, cfi_cfa
= NULL
, cfi_cfa_offset
= NULL
;
3448 VEC (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
) *regs
= VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, 32);
3449 unsigned int len
, idx
;
3451 for (;; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3452 switch (cfi
? cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
: DW_CFA_nop
)
3454 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
3455 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3456 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3457 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3458 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3459 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3460 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3462 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3464 dw_cfi_ref args_size
= cfi_args_size
;
3466 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3467 .cfi_restore_state. */
3468 for (cfi2
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
; cfi2
; cfi2
= cfi2
->dw_cfi_next
)
3469 if (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore_state
)
3471 else if (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
)
3474 gcc_assert (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_remember_state
);
3481 cfi_args_size
= args_size
;
3485 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3486 cfi_args_size
= cfi
;
3488 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3491 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3492 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3493 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3494 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3495 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3496 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3497 case DW_CFA_register
:
3498 case DW_CFA_val_offset
:
3499 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf
:
3500 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3501 case DW_CFA_val_expression
:
3502 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
3503 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
) <= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
)
3504 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, regs
,
3505 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
+ 1);
3506 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, cfi
);
3508 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3509 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3510 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3512 cfi_cfa_offset
= cfi
;
3514 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3517 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3518 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3519 cfi_cfa_offset
= cfi
;
3522 gcc_assert (cfi
== NULL
);
3524 len
= VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
);
3525 for (idx
= 0; idx
< len
; idx
++)
3527 cfi2
= VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
, idx
, NULL
);
3529 && cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_restore
3530 && cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_restore_extended
)
3533 output_cfi_directive (cfi2
);
3535 output_cfi (cfi2
, fde
, for_eh
);
3538 if (cfi_cfa
&& cfi_cfa_offset
&& cfi_cfa_offset
!= cfi_cfa
)
3540 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
);
3542 switch (cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3544 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3545 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
3546 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
3548 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3549 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
3550 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
3552 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3553 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3554 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_opc
;
3555 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
;
3562 else if (cfi_cfa_offset
)
3563 cfi_cfa
= cfi_cfa_offset
;
3567 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa
);
3569 output_cfi (cfi_cfa
, fde
, for_eh
);
3572 cfi_cfa_offset
= NULL
;
3574 && cfi_args_size
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
)
3577 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size
);
3579 output_cfi (cfi_args_size
, fde
, for_eh
);
3581 cfi_args_size
= NULL
;
3584 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, regs
);
3587 else if (do_cfi_asm
)
3588 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
3590 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3597 /* Output one FDE. */
3600 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
, bool second
,
3601 char *section_start_label
, int fde_encoding
, char *augmentation
,
3602 bool any_lsda_needed
, int lsda_encoding
)
3604 const char *begin
, *end
;
3605 static unsigned int j
;
3606 char l1
[20], l2
[20];
3609 targetm
.asm_out
.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, for_eh
,
3611 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
,
3613 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
3614 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
3615 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3616 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3617 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3618 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3620 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3623 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
3625 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
3626 debug_frame_section
, "FDE CIE offset");
3628 if (!fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
3630 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
3631 end
= fde
->dw_fde_end
;
3635 /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
3636 dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
3637 might be separated from the real start of the
3638 function by alignment padding. */
3640 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
3641 else if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
)
3642 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
3644 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
3645 if (second
^ fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
)
3646 end
= fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
3648 end
= fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
3653 rtx sym_ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, begin
);
3654 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
3655 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref
, false,
3656 "FDE initial location");
3657 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
3658 end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
3662 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, begin
, "FDE initial location");
3663 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
3666 if (augmentation
[0])
3668 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3670 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
3672 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3674 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3675 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3676 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
3677 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3678 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3681 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size
) == 1);
3684 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
3686 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3688 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3689 fde
->funcdef_number
);
3690 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding
,
3691 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
3693 "Language Specific Data Area");
3697 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3698 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
3699 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
3700 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3704 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3707 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3709 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= begin
;
3710 if (!fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
3711 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3712 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3715 if (fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3716 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3718 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3719 if (cfi
== fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3725 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
3727 if (fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3729 cfi_next
= fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
;
3730 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
3731 output_cfis (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, false, fde
, for_eh
);
3732 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= cfi_next
;
3734 for (cfi
= cfi_next
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3735 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3738 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3739 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3740 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3741 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3742 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3744 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3745 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3746 switch *back* into the table section. */
3747 switch_to_section (function_section (fde
->decl
));
3748 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label
);
3749 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, true);
3752 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3753 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3754 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
3755 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3760 /* Return true if frame description entry FDE is needed for EH. */
3763 fde_needed_for_eh_p (dw_fde_ref fde
)
3765 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
3768 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde
->decl
))
3771 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3774 /* If exceptions are enabled, we have collected nothrow info. */
3775 if (flag_exceptions
&& (fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
|| fde
->nothrow
))
3781 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3782 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3783 location of saved registers. */
3786 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
3791 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
3792 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
3793 char augmentation
[6];
3794 int augmentation_size
;
3795 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3796 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3797 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3799 rtx personality
= NULL
;
3802 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3803 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
3806 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3807 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3810 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit
3811 any EH unwind information. If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to
3812 emit an empty label for an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We
3813 want to avoid having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to
3814 is discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function template
3815 in C++ requires EH information, an explicit specialization doesn't. */
3818 bool any_eh_needed
= false;
3820 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3821 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
3822 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
3823 else if (fde_needed_for_eh_p (&fde_table
[i
]))
3824 any_eh_needed
= true;
3825 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
)
3826 targetm
.asm_out
.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde_table
[i
].decl
,
3833 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3837 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3838 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, false);
3840 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3841 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
3843 /* Output the CIE. */
3844 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3845 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3846 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3847 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3848 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3849 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3850 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3851 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3853 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3854 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3855 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
3856 (for_eh
? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID
),
3857 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3859 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3860 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3861 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3862 return_reg
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, for_eh
);
3864 if (return_reg
>= 256 || dwarf_version
> 2)
3866 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version
, "CIE Version");
3868 augmentation
[0] = 0;
3869 augmentation_size
= 0;
3871 personality
= current_unit_personality
;
3877 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3878 augmentation section.
3879 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3880 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3881 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3883 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3884 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3886 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3887 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3888 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3890 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
3894 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
3895 assemble_external_libcall (personality
);
3897 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3900 augmentation_size
+= 1;
3902 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
3905 augmentation_size
+= 1;
3907 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
3909 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
3913 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3914 if (personality
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3916 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3918 + 1 /* CIE version */
3919 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3920 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3921 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
3923 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3924 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3925 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3927 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
3929 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3930 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3931 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) == 1);
3935 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3936 if (dw_cie_version
>= 4)
3938 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "CIE Address Size");
3939 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "CIE Segment Size");
3941 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3942 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
3943 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3945 if (dw_cie_version
== 1)
3946 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
3948 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
3950 if (augmentation
[0])
3952 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
3955 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
3956 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
3957 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
3962 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3963 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3964 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
3966 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
3967 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3968 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
3971 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3972 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
3974 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3975 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3976 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
3977 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3979 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3980 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3983 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
3985 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3986 if (for_eh
&& !fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde
))
3989 for (k
= 0; k
< (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
? 2 : 1); k
++)
3990 output_fde (fde
, for_eh
, k
, section_start_label
, fde_encoding
,
3991 augmentation
, any_lsda_needed
, lsda_encoding
);
3994 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
3995 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3996 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3997 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3998 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3999 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
4002 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
4007 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
4010 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second
)
4014 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
4016 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
4020 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
4023 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
4024 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
4025 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
4026 of the weirder relocation types. */
4027 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
4028 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
4030 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc
);
4031 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
4032 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
4035 if (crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
)
4039 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
4040 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
4041 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4042 ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, lab
);
4043 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref
) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
4045 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
4046 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
4048 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc
);
4049 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
4050 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
4054 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
4058 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4059 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4061 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4067 current_function_func_begin_label
= NULL
;
4069 do_frame
= dwarf2out_do_frame ();
4071 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c for
4072 call-site information. We must emit this label if it might be used. */
4074 && (!flag_exceptions
4075 || targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) != UI_TARGET
))
4078 fnsec
= function_section (current_function_decl
);
4079 switch_to_section (fnsec
);
4080 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
4081 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4082 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
4083 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4084 dup_label
= xstrdup (label
);
4085 current_function_func_begin_label
= dup_label
;
4087 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
4091 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
4092 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
4094 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
4095 fde_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node
, fde_table
, fde_table_allocated
);
4096 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
4097 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
4100 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
4101 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
4103 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
4104 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
4105 fde
->decl
= current_function_decl
;
4106 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= dup_label
;
4107 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= dup_label
;
4108 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= NULL
;
4109 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= NULL
;
4110 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= NULL
;
4111 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= NULL
;
4112 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= 0;
4113 fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
= 0;
4114 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
4115 fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
= NULL
;
4116 fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
= NULL
;
4117 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
4118 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
= NULL
;
4119 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
4120 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= crtl
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
4121 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
;
4122 fde
->nothrow
= crtl
->nothrow
;
4123 fde
->drap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
4124 fde
->vdrap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
4125 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
4127 section
*unlikelysec
;
4128 if (first_function_block_is_cold
)
4129 fde
->in_std_section
= 1;
4132 = (fnsec
== text_section
4133 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
4134 unlikelysec
= unlikely_text_section ();
4135 fde
->cold_in_std_section
4136 = (unlikelysec
== text_section
4137 || (cold_text_section
&& unlikelysec
== cold_text_section
));
4142 = (fnsec
== text_section
4143 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
4144 fde
->cold_in_std_section
= 0;
4147 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
4149 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
4150 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
4151 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4153 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
, 0, true);
4156 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4157 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
4160 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
4161 if (!current_unit_personality
)
4162 current_unit_personality
= personality
;
4164 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4165 asm, at the point where we emit the CFI data, there is no current
4166 function anymore. */
4167 if (personality
&& current_unit_personality
!= personality
)
4168 sorry ("multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4169 "supporting .cfi_personality directive");
4173 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code
4174 for a function prologue. This gets called *after* the prologue code has
4178 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4179 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4182 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4184 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4186 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
4187 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4188 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
4189 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4190 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
4191 fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
= xstrdup (label
);
4194 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code
4195 for a function epilogue. This gets called *before* the prologue code has
4199 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4200 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4203 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4205 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
4206 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
)
4209 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4211 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
,
4212 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4213 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
,
4214 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4215 fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
= xstrdup (label
);
4218 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4219 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4223 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4224 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4227 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4229 last_var_location_insn
= NULL_RTX
;
4231 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4232 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4234 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4236 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
4237 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4238 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
4239 fde
= current_fde ();
4240 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
4241 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
4245 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4247 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4248 fde_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_fde_node (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
4249 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
4250 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
4252 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4253 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4255 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4256 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
4258 if (targetm
.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2
4259 || targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) == UI_DWARF2
)
4260 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
4264 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4266 /* Output call frame information. */
4267 if (targetm
.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2
)
4268 output_call_frame_info (0);
4270 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4271 if ((flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
)
4272 && targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) == UI_DWARF2
)
4273 output_call_frame_info (1);
4276 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4279 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4281 section
*sec
= current_function_section ();
4282 if (sec
== text_section
)
4283 text_section_used
= true;
4284 else if (sec
== cold_text_section
)
4285 cold_text_section_used
= true;
4289 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4291 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
4293 gcc_assert (cfun
&& fde
&& !fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
);
4295 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= 1;
4296 fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
= !in_cold_section_p
;
4298 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_label
;
4299 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
4300 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
4301 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
4302 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
4304 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4305 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4306 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
4308 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4309 if (cold_text_section
!= NULL
)
4310 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4312 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4313 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4315 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4316 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
4318 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4320 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4321 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4323 output_cfis (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, true, fde
, true);
4327 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
4329 cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
4331 while (cfi
->dw_cfi_next
!= NULL
)
4332 cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
;
4333 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
= cfi
;
4337 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4338 for emitting location expressions. */
4340 /* Data about a single source file. */
4341 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data
{
4342 const char * filename
;
4346 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
4347 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
4348 typedef const struct die_struct
*const_dw_die_ref
;
4349 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
4350 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
4352 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4356 } deferred_locations
;
4358 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations
);
4359 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations
,gc
);
4361 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations
, gc
) *deferred_locations_list
;
4363 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref
);
4364 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref
,heap
);
4366 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4367 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4368 implementation are listed below. */
4373 dw_val_class_offset
,
4375 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
4376 dw_val_class_range_list
,
4378 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
4379 dw_val_class_const_double
,
4382 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
4383 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
4384 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
4385 dw_val_class_lineptr
,
4387 dw_val_class_macptr
,
4390 dw_val_class_decl_ref
,
4391 dw_val_class_vms_delta
4394 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4396 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct
{
4397 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
4403 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4404 represented internally. */
4406 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct
{
4407 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
4408 union dw_val_struct_union
4410 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
4411 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
4412 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
4413 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
4414 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default)) val_int
;
4415 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
4416 double_int
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double
;
4417 dw_vec_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec
;
4418 struct dw_val_die_union
4422 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
4423 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
4424 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
4425 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
4426 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
4427 struct dwarf_file_data
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file
;
4428 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8
[8];
4429 tree
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_decl_ref"))) val_decl_ref
;
4430 struct dw_val_vms_delta_union
4434 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vms_delta"))) val_vms_delta
;
4436 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
4440 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4443 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct
{
4444 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
4445 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom
) dw_loc_opc
: 8;
4446 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4447 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4448 unsigned int dtprel
: 1;
4450 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
4451 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
4455 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4456 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4457 their entire life. */
4458 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct
{
4459 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
4460 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
4461 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
4462 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4463 Only on head of list */
4464 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4465 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
4470 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4472 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4475 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
4480 return "DW_OP_addr";
4482 return "DW_OP_deref";
4484 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4486 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4488 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4490 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4492 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4494 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4496 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4498 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4500 return "DW_OP_constu";
4502 return "DW_OP_consts";
4506 return "DW_OP_drop";
4508 return "DW_OP_over";
4510 return "DW_OP_pick";
4512 return "DW_OP_swap";
4516 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4524 return "DW_OP_minus";
4536 return "DW_OP_plus";
4537 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4538 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4544 return "DW_OP_shra";
4562 return "DW_OP_skip";
4564 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4566 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4568 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4570 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4572 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4574 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4576 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4578 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4580 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4582 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4584 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4586 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4588 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4590 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4592 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4594 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4596 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4598 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4600 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4602 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4604 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4606 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4608 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4610 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4612 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4614 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4616 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4618 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4620 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4622 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4624 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4626 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4628 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4630 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4632 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4634 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4636 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4638 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4640 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4642 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4644 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4646 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4648 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4650 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4652 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4654 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4656 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4658 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4660 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4662 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4664 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4666 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4668 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4670 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4672 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4674 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4676 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4678 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4680 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4682 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4684 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4686 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4688 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4690 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4692 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4694 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4696 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4698 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4700 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4702 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4704 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4706 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4708 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4710 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4712 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4714 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4716 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4718 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4720 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4722 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4724 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4726 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4728 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4730 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4732 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4734 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4736 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4738 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4740 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4742 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4744 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4746 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4748 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4750 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4752 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4754 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4756 return "DW_OP_regx";
4758 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4760 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4762 return "DW_OP_piece";
4763 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4764 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4765 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4766 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4770 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
4771 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4773 return "DW_OP_call2";
4775 return "DW_OP_call4";
4776 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
4777 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4778 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4779 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4780 case DW_OP_stack_value
:
4781 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4782 case DW_OP_form_tls_address
:
4783 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4784 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
:
4785 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4786 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
4787 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4789 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
4790 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4791 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit
:
4792 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4793 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr
:
4794 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4795 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
4796 return "DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer";
4799 return "OP_<unknown>";
4803 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4804 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4805 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4807 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4808 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
4809 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
4811 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_loc_descr_node ();
4813 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
4814 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4815 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
4816 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4817 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
4822 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4825 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4826 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4829 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
),
4832 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
4835 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4838 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
4840 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
4842 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4843 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
4849 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4852 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4854 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
4857 gcc_assert (*list_head
!= NULL
);
4862 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4863 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
4867 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_fbreg
4868 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& loc
->dw_loc_opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
))
4869 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
4870 else if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bregx
)
4871 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
4873 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4874 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4876 && ((offset
> 0 && *p
<= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)
4877 || (offset
< 0 && *p
>= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)))
4880 else if (offset
> 0)
4881 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
4885 loc
->dw_loc_next
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
4886 add_loc_descr (&loc
->dw_loc_next
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
4890 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4893 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4896 for (d
= list_head
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->dw_loc_next
)
4897 loc_descr_plus_const (&d
->expr
, offset
);
4900 #define DWARF_REF_SIZE \
4901 (dwarf_version == 2 ? DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
4903 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4905 static unsigned long
4906 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4908 unsigned long size
= 1;
4910 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
4913 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
4932 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4935 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4940 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4941 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4979 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4982 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4985 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4988 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4989 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
4992 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4994 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
4995 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4996 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4998 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4999 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5008 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
5009 size
+= DWARF_REF_SIZE
;
5011 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
5012 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
)
5013 + loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
5015 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
5016 size
+= DWARF_REF_SIZE
+ size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
5025 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
5027 static unsigned long
5028 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5033 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
5034 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
5035 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
5037 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bra
)
5039 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
5044 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
5046 l
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
5047 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
5053 static HOST_WIDE_INT
extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
5054 static void get_ref_die_offset_label (char *, dw_die_ref
);
5056 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5057 The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are
5058 converted using DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT, which is needed in the case that
5059 hard reg numbers have been processed via DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i.e. for unwind
5060 info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted
5061 (i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */
5064 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, int for_eh_or_skip
)
5066 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
5067 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
5069 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
5071 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5074 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5079 gcc_assert (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
);
5080 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
, 4,
5082 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
5087 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5092 gcc_assert (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
);
5093 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
, 8,
5095 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
5100 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
5101 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5108 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
5109 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
5111 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
5114 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
5115 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5116 switch (val2
->val_class
)
5118 case dw_val_class_const
:
5119 dw2_asm_output_data (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5121 case dw_val_class_vec
:
5123 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
5124 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
5128 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
5133 for (i
= 0, p
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
;
5136 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
5137 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
5140 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
5142 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
5144 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
5146 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
5147 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
5151 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
5152 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
5154 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
5156 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
5160 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5161 gcc_assert (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
5162 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val2
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
5177 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
5178 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
5179 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
5180 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
5181 only doing unwinding. */
5186 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5189 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5192 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5195 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5197 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5198 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5232 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5236 unsigned r
= val1
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5237 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0)
5238 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
5239 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
5240 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
5241 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
5245 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5249 unsigned r
= val1
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5250 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0)
5251 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
5252 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
5253 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
5254 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
5255 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5259 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5261 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
5262 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5263 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val2
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5265 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
5266 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5267 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5273 if (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
5275 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
5278 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
5285 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5286 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
5293 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
5295 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
5296 + HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ 2 + 2];
5297 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
);
5298 get_ref_die_offset_label (label
, val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
5299 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_REF_SIZE
, label
, debug_info_section
, NULL
);
5300 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5305 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5310 /* Output a sequence of location operations.
5311 The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are
5312 converted using DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT, which is needed in the case that
5313 hard reg numbers have been processed via DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i.e. for unwind
5314 info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted
5315 (i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */
5318 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, int for_eh_or_skip
)
5320 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5322 enum dwarf_location_atom opc
= loc
->dw_loc_opc
;
5323 /* Output the opcode. */
5324 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0
5325 && opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
)
5327 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_breg0
);
5328 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
5329 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
5330 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ r
);
5332 else if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0
5333 && opc
>= DW_OP_reg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_reg31
)
5335 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_reg0
);
5336 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
5337 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
5338 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ r
);
5341 dw2_asm_output_data (1, opc
,
5342 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (opc
));
5344 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5345 output_loc_operands (loc
, for_eh_or_skip
);
5349 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5350 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5353 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5355 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
5356 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
5358 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
5361 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
5362 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5368 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
5369 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5370 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5371 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5376 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5377 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5382 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5383 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5388 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
5389 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5390 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5398 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
5399 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
5401 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5402 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset
);
5408 unsigned r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, 1);
5409 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
5410 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
5411 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5412 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (r
);
5417 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5419 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5420 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5423 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
5424 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5425 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5426 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5463 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5464 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_int
);
5469 unsigned r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, 1);
5470 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
5471 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
5472 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5473 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (r
);
5474 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5475 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_int
);
5479 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
5484 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5490 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5494 enum dwarf_location_atom opc
= loc
->dw_loc_opc
;
5495 /* Output the opcode. */
5496 if (opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
)
5498 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_breg0
);
5499 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, 1);
5500 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
5501 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ r
);
5503 else if (opc
>= DW_OP_reg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_reg31
)
5505 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_reg0
);
5506 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, 1);
5507 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
5508 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ r
);
5510 /* Output the opcode. */
5511 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%#x", opc
);
5512 output_loc_operands_raw (loc
);
5514 if (!loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5516 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
5518 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5522 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5523 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5526 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, int for_eh
)
5528 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5531 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
5534 DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
5535 dw2_asm_output_data (1, r
, NULL
);
5536 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5539 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5541 /* Output the size of the block. */
5542 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
5543 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
5545 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5546 output_loc_sequence (loc
, for_eh
);
5549 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5552 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
5554 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5557 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
5560 DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
5561 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%#x,", r
);
5562 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5565 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5567 /* Output the size of the block. */
5568 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
5569 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size
);
5570 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5572 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5573 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc
);
5576 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5577 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5580 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
5581 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
5583 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
5585 offset
+= cfa
->offset
;
5589 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
5590 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
5591 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
5592 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
5595 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
5596 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
5600 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, offset
);
5605 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5606 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5609 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
5610 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment
)
5612 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
;
5613 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5614 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
5616 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5617 if (cfa
.reg
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& cfa
.indirect
== 0)
5619 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, 0);
5620 add_loc_descr (&head
, int_loc_descriptor (alignment
));
5621 add_loc_descr (&head
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
5622 loc_descr_plus_const (&head
, offset
);
5625 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, offset
);
5629 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5630 descriptor sequence. */
5633 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
5635 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
5637 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
5641 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
5643 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
5679 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
5682 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5716 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
5717 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5720 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5721 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
5726 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5727 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
5730 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5731 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
5736 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5738 /* .debug_str support. */
5739 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5741 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5742 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5743 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5744 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5745 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5746 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5747 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5748 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree
);
5749 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5750 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5751 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree
);
5752 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
5753 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree
, int);
5754 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
, tree
, bool);
5755 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree
, tree
, tree
,
5757 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
5758 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx
);
5759 static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree
);
5760 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree
, int);
5761 static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx
, rtx
);
5762 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int);
5763 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree
);
5764 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree
, tree
);
5766 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5768 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
5772 dwarf2out_assembly_start
,
5775 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
5776 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
5777 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
5778 dwarf2out_end_block
,
5779 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
5780 dwarf2out_source_line
,
5781 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
5782 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
5783 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue
,
5784 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue
,
5786 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
5787 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
5789 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
5790 dwarf2out_begin_function
,
5791 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
5792 dwarf2out_function_decl
, /* function_decl */
5793 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
5794 dwarf2out_type_decl
, /* type_decl */
5795 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
5796 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
5797 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5798 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5799 something tries to reference them. */
5800 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
5801 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
5802 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
5803 dwarf2out_var_location
,
5804 dwarf2out_switch_text_section
,
5805 dwarf2out_direct_call
,
5806 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token
,
5807 dwarf2out_copy_call_info
,
5808 dwarf2out_virtual_call
,
5810 1, /* start_end_main_source_file */
5811 TYPE_SYMTAB_IS_DIE
/* tree_type_symtab_field */
5814 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5815 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5816 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5818 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5819 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5820 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5821 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5823 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5824 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5826 typedef long int dw_offset
;
5828 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5830 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
5831 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
5832 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
5833 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
5834 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
5835 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
*dw_ranges_by_label_ref
;
5836 typedef struct comdat_type_struct
*comdat_type_node_ref
;
5838 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5839 line number associated with the label generated for that
5840 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
5841 the line number entry. */
5843 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct
{
5844 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
5845 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
5849 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5851 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct
{
5852 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
5853 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
5854 unsigned long function
;
5856 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
5858 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5859 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5860 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5862 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct
{
5863 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
5864 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
5868 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node
);
5869 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node
,gc
);
5871 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5872 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5873 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5875 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct
{
5876 union die_symbol_or_type_node
5878 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol
;
5879 comdat_type_node_ref
GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node
;
5881 GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id
;
5882 VEC(dw_attr_node
,gc
) * die_attr
;
5883 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
5884 dw_die_ref die_child
;
5886 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5887 dw_offset die_offset
;
5888 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
5890 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5891 int die_perennial_p
;
5892 unsigned int decl_id
;
5893 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
5897 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5898 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5899 c = die->die_child; \
5903 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5906 /* The pubname structure */
5908 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct
{
5914 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry
);
5915 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry
, gc
);
5917 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct
{
5918 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5919 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5923 /* A structure to hold a macinfo entry. */
5925 typedef struct GTY(()) macinfo_struct
{
5926 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT code
;
5927 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT lineno
;
5932 DEF_VEC_O(macinfo_entry
);
5933 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(macinfo_entry
, gc
);
5935 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct
{
5940 /* The comdat type node structure. */
5941 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5943 dw_die_ref root_die
;
5944 dw_die_ref type_die
;
5945 char signature
[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
];
5946 struct comdat_type_struct
*next
;
5950 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5951 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct
{
5954 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
5958 typedef struct skeleton_chain_struct
5962 struct skeleton_chain_struct
*parent
;
5964 skeleton_chain_node
;
5966 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
5967 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5968 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5971 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5972 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5974 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5975 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5976 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5977 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5978 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5979 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
5981 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
5982 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
5983 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
5984 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
5985 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
5986 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
5987 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
5988 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5989 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
5990 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5992 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5993 language, and compiler version. */
5995 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
5996 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5997 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5999 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
6000 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
6001 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
6002 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
6004 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
6005 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
6007 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
6008 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
6009 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
6010 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
6011 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
6013 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
6014 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
6015 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
6016 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
6017 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
6018 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
6020 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
6021 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
6022 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
6023 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
6025 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
6029 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
6030 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
6031 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
6033 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
6034 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
6036 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
6037 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
6039 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
6040 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
6041 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
6042 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
6043 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
6045 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */
6046 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
6047 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
6050 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
6051 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
6052 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
6054 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
6055 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref single_comp_unit_die
;
6057 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
6058 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node
*comdat_type_list
;
6060 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
6061 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
6063 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
6064 DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are set. */
6065 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*deferred_asm_name
;
6067 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
6068 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data
))) htab_t file_table
;
6070 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
6071 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
6072 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t decl_die_table
;
6074 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
6075 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
6076 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t common_block_die_table
;
6078 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct
{
6083 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry
);
6084 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry
,gc
);
6086 /* Node of the variable location list. */
6087 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node
{
6088 /* Either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION, or, for SRA optimized variables,
6089 EXPR_LIST chain. For small bitsizes, bitsize is encoded
6090 in mode of the EXPR_LIST node and first EXPR_LIST operand
6091 is either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION for a piece with a known
6092 location or NULL for padding. For larger bitsizes,
6093 mode is 0 and first operand is a CONCAT with bitsize
6094 as first CONCAT operand and NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION resp.
6095 NULL as second operand. */
6097 const char * GTY (()) label
;
6098 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
6101 /* Variable location list. */
6102 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def
{
6103 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) first
;
6105 /* Pointer to the last but one or last element of the
6106 chained list. If the list is empty, both first and
6107 last are NULL, if the list contains just one node
6108 or the last node certainly is not redundant, it points
6109 to the last node, otherwise points to the last but one.
6110 Do not mark it for GC because it is marked through the chain. */
6111 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last
;
6113 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
6114 unsigned int decl_id
;
6116 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list
;
6119 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
6120 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list
))) htab_t decl_loc_table
;
6122 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
6123 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
6124 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
6125 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
6126 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
6128 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
6129 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
6131 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
6132 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6134 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
6135 abbrev_die_table. */
6136 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
6138 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
6139 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
6140 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
6141 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
6143 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
6144 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
6146 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
6147 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
6149 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
6150 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
6151 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
6152 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
6154 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
6155 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
6157 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
6158 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
6160 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
6162 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
6164 /* A flag to tell pubnames/types export if there is an info section to
6166 static bool info_section_emitted
;
6168 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
6169 accessible names. */
6170 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubname_table
;
6172 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
6173 accessible types. */
6174 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubtype_table
;
6176 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of macro
6177 defines/undefines (and file start/end markers). */
6178 static GTY (()) VEC (macinfo_entry
, gc
) * macinfo_table
;
6180 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
6181 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
6183 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
6184 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
6186 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
6187 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
6189 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
6191 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
6193 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
6194 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
6196 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
6197 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
6199 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
6200 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
6202 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
6203 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
6204 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label
;
6206 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
6207 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated
;
6209 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
6210 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use
;
6212 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
6214 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
6216 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
6217 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists
;
6219 /* Unique label counter. */
6220 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num
;
6222 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
6223 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num
;
6225 /* The direct call table structure. */
6227 typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct
{
6228 unsigned int poc_label_num
;
6230 dw_die_ref targ_die
;
6234 DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry
);
6235 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry
, gc
);
6237 /* The virtual call table structure. */
6239 typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct
{
6240 unsigned int poc_label_num
;
6241 unsigned int vtable_slot
;
6245 DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry
);
6246 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry
, gc
);
6248 /* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */
6249 static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry
, gc
) * dcall_table
= NULL
;
6250 static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry
, gc
) * vcall_table
= NULL
;
6252 /* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
6254 struct GTY (()) vcall_insn
{
6256 unsigned int vtable_slot
;
6259 static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn
))) htab_t vcall_insn_table
;
6261 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
6262 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
6264 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
6265 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* last_emitted_file
;
6267 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
6268 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
6270 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
6271 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* file_table_last_lookup
;
6273 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry
,gc
) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table
;
6275 /* Instances of generic types for which we need to generate debug
6276 info that describe their generic parameters and arguments. That
6277 generation needs to happen once all types are properly laid out so
6278 we do it at the end of compilation. */
6279 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *generic_type_instances
;
6281 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
6282 within the current function. */
6283 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
6285 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
6287 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx
);
6288 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
6289 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree
);
6290 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
6291 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
6292 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
6293 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree
);
6294 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
6295 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
6296 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
6297 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
6298 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
6299 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6300 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
6301 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6302 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
6303 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6304 HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6305 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned int,
6306 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
6307 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned char *);
6308 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
6309 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
6310 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
6311 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
6312 static enum dwarf_form
AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
6313 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
6314 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6315 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
6316 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
6317 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
6318 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
6319 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
6320 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
6321 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6323 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
6324 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
6325 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
6326 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
6327 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
6328 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
6329 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6330 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6331 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6333 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
6334 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6335 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
6336 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
6337 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6338 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6339 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6340 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6341 static bool is_cxx (void);
6342 static bool is_fortran (void);
6343 static bool is_ada (void);
6344 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6345 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
6346 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6347 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6348 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
6349 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree
);
6350 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6351 static hashval_t
decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
6352 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6353 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
6354 static hashval_t
common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
6355 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6356 static hashval_t
decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
6357 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6358 static var_loc_list
*lookup_decl_loc (const_tree
);
6359 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6360 static struct var_loc_node
*add_var_loc_to_decl (tree
, rtx
, const char *);
6361 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
6362 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
6363 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
6364 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6365 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
6366 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6367 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6368 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6369 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6370 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6371 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6372 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_attr_ref
,
6373 struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6374 struct checksum_attributes
;
6375 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*, dw_die_ref
);
6376 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6377 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6378 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref
, comdat_type_node
*);
6379 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
6380 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*, const dw_val_node
*, int *);
6381 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
6382 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
6383 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6384 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
6385 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
6386 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
6387 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
6388 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
6389 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
6390 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref
);
6391 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref
);
6392 static dw_die_ref
clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref
);
6393 static dw_die_ref
clone_die (dw_die_ref
);
6394 static dw_die_ref
clone_tree (dw_die_ref
);
6395 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6396 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*);
6397 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*);
6398 static dw_die_ref
generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref
);
6399 static dw_die_ref
remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref
,
6401 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref
);
6402 static dw_die_ref
copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, htab_t
);
6403 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, htab_t
);
6404 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref
);
6406 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6407 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6408 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6409 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
6410 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
6411 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
6412 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
6413 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
6414 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6415 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
6416 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
6417 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6418 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6419 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6420 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
6421 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6422 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
6423 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
6424 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6425 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
6426 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
6427 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6428 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
6429 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*);
6430 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
6431 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6432 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref
);
6433 static void add_pubtype (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6434 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
6435 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6436 static void output_aranges (void);
6437 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6438 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree
);
6439 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref
, const char *, const char *,
6441 static void output_ranges (void);
6442 static void output_line_info (void);
6443 static void output_file_names (void);
6444 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
6445 static int is_base_type (tree
);
6446 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6447 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
6448 static dw_die_ref
generic_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
6449 static dw_die_ref
template_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6450 static int type_is_enum (const_tree
);
6451 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx
);
6452 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, int);
6453 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum var_init_status
);
6454 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6455 enum var_init_status
);
6456 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
6457 enum var_init_status
);
6458 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
6459 enum var_init_status
);
6460 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx
);
6461 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx
*, void *);
6462 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
6463 enum var_init_status
);
6464 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
,
6465 enum var_init_status
);
6466 static dw_loc_list_ref
loc_list_from_tree (tree
, int);
6467 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
, int);
6468 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
6469 static tree
field_type (const_tree
);
6470 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
6471 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
6472 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree
);
6473 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (const_tree
);
6474 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6476 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6477 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
6478 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6479 static void insert_double (double_int
, unsigned char *);
6480 static void insert_float (const_rtx
, unsigned char *);
6481 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
6482 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
,
6483 enum dwarf_attribute
);
6484 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6485 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6486 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
6487 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
6488 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
6489 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool);
6490 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6491 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6492 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6493 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6494 static dw_die_ref
add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6495 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6496 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6497 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6498 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
6499 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6500 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6501 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6502 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6503 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6504 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
6505 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6506 static const char *type_tag (const_tree
);
6507 static tree
member_declared_type (const_tree
);
6509 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
6511 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6512 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree
, struct array_descr_info
*, dw_die_ref
);
6514 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6516 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6517 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
6518 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
, tree
*);
6519 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6520 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6521 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6522 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6523 static void gen_const_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6524 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6525 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6526 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6527 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6528 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6529 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6530 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6531 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6532 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
,
6533 enum debug_info_usage
);
6534 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6535 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6536 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6537 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6538 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6539 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree
);
6540 static bool is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree
);
6541 static inline dw_die_ref
get_context_die (tree
);
6542 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6543 static dw_die_ref
gen_decl_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6544 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
6545 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
6546 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6547 static dw_die_ref
declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6548 static struct dwarf_file_data
* lookup_filename (const char *);
6549 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6550 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6551 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree
);
6552 static void gen_tagged_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, enum debug_info_usage
);
6553 static void gen_type_die_with_usage (tree
, dw_die_ref
, enum debug_info_usage
);
6554 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6555 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6556 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
6557 const char *, const char *);
6558 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
6559 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6561 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6562 static void prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6563 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
6564 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
6565 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
6566 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
6567 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6568 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
);
6569 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref
);
6570 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref
);
6571 static inline void add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6572 const char *, const char *);
6573 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6574 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6575 static bool generic_type_p (tree
);
6576 static void schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (tree t
);
6577 static void gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (void);
6579 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6580 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6581 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6583 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6584 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6586 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6587 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6589 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6590 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6592 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6593 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6595 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6596 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6598 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6599 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6601 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6602 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6604 #ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
6605 #define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall"
6607 #ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
6608 #define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall"
6610 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6611 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6613 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6614 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6617 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6618 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6619 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6622 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6623 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6624 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6625 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6628 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6629 the section names themselves. */
6631 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6632 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6634 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6635 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6637 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6638 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6640 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6641 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6643 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6644 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6646 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6647 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6649 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6650 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6652 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6653 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6657 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6658 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6659 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6660 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6661 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6663 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6664 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6665 static char cold_text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6666 static char cold_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6667 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6668 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6669 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6670 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6671 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6672 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6674 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6675 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6677 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6678 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6680 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6681 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6683 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6684 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6686 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6687 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6689 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6690 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
6694 /* Return the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
6696 comp_unit_die (void)
6698 if (!single_comp_unit_die
)
6699 single_comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
6700 return single_comp_unit_die
;
6703 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6704 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6706 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
6709 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
6711 demangle_name_func
= func
;
6714 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6717 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl
)
6719 return ((REG_P (rtl
) && REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
6720 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
6721 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
6724 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6728 type_main_variant (tree type
)
6730 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
6732 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6733 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6734 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6735 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6737 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
6738 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
6739 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
6744 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6747 is_tagged_type (const_tree type
)
6749 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
6751 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
6752 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
6755 /* Set label to debug_info_section_label + die_offset of a DIE reference. */
6758 get_ref_die_offset_label (char *label
, dw_die_ref ref
)
6760 sprintf (label
, "%s+%ld", debug_info_section_label
, ref
->die_offset
);
6763 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6766 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
6770 case DW_TAG_padding
:
6771 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6772 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
6773 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6774 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
6775 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6776 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
6777 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6778 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
6779 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6780 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
6781 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6782 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
6783 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6785 return "DW_TAG_label";
6786 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
6787 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6789 return "DW_TAG_member";
6790 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
6791 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6792 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
6793 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6794 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
6795 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6796 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
6797 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6798 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
6799 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6800 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
6801 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6802 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
6803 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6804 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
6805 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6806 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
6807 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6808 case DW_TAG_variant
:
6809 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6810 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
6811 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6812 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
6813 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6814 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
6815 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6816 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
6817 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6819 return "DW_TAG_module";
6820 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
6821 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6822 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
6823 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6824 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
6825 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6826 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
6827 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6828 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
6829 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6830 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
6831 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6832 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
6833 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6834 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
6835 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6836 case DW_TAG_constant
:
6837 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6838 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
6839 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6840 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
6841 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6843 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6844 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
6845 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6846 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
6847 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6848 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
6849 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6850 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
6851 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6852 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
6853 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6854 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
6855 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6856 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
6857 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6858 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
6859 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6860 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
6861 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6862 case DW_TAG_variable
:
6863 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6864 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
6865 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6866 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
:
6867 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6868 case DW_TAG_restrict_type
:
6869 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6870 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
6871 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6872 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
6873 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6874 case DW_TAG_imported_module
:
6875 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6876 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type
:
6877 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6878 case DW_TAG_partial_unit
:
6879 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6880 case DW_TAG_imported_unit
:
6881 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6882 case DW_TAG_condition
:
6883 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6884 case DW_TAG_shared_type
:
6885 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6886 case DW_TAG_type_unit
:
6887 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6888 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
6889 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6890 case DW_TAG_template_alias
:
6891 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6892 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
:
6893 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6894 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
:
6895 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6896 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
6897 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6898 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
6899 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6900 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
6901 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6902 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
6903 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6904 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
6905 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6906 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
6907 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6908 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
:
6909 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6911 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6915 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6918 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
6923 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6924 case DW_AT_location
:
6925 return "DW_AT_location";
6927 return "DW_AT_name";
6928 case DW_AT_ordering
:
6929 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6930 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
6931 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6932 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
6933 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6934 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
6935 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6936 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
6937 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6938 case DW_AT_element_list
:
6939 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6940 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
6941 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6943 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6945 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6946 case DW_AT_language
:
6947 return "DW_AT_language";
6949 return "DW_AT_member";
6951 return "DW_AT_discr";
6952 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
6953 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6954 case DW_AT_visibility
:
6955 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6957 return "DW_AT_import";
6958 case DW_AT_string_length
:
6959 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6960 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
6961 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6962 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
6963 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6964 case DW_AT_const_value
:
6965 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6966 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
6967 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6968 case DW_AT_default_value
:
6969 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6971 return "DW_AT_inline";
6972 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
6973 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6974 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
6975 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6976 case DW_AT_producer
:
6977 return "DW_AT_producer";
6978 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
6979 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6980 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
6981 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6982 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
6983 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6984 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
6985 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6986 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
6987 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6988 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
6989 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6990 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
6991 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6992 case DW_AT_address_class
:
6993 return "DW_AT_address_class";
6994 case DW_AT_artificial
:
6995 return "DW_AT_artificial";
6996 case DW_AT_base_types
:
6997 return "DW_AT_base_types";
6998 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
6999 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
7001 return "DW_AT_count";
7002 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
7003 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
7004 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
7005 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
7006 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
7007 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
7008 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
7009 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
7010 case DW_AT_declaration
:
7011 return "DW_AT_declaration";
7012 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
7013 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
7014 case DW_AT_encoding
:
7015 return "DW_AT_encoding";
7016 case DW_AT_external
:
7017 return "DW_AT_external";
7018 case DW_AT_explicit
:
7019 return "DW_AT_explicit";
7020 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
7021 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
7023 return "DW_AT_friend";
7024 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
7025 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
7026 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
7027 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
7028 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
7029 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
7030 case DW_AT_priority
:
7031 return "DW_AT_priority";
7033 return "DW_AT_segment";
7034 case DW_AT_specification
:
7035 return "DW_AT_specification";
7036 case DW_AT_static_link
:
7037 return "DW_AT_static_link";
7039 return "DW_AT_type";
7040 case DW_AT_use_location
:
7041 return "DW_AT_use_location";
7042 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
7043 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
7044 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
7045 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
7046 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
7047 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
7049 case DW_AT_allocated
:
7050 return "DW_AT_allocated";
7051 case DW_AT_associated
:
7052 return "DW_AT_associated";
7053 case DW_AT_data_location
:
7054 return "DW_AT_data_location";
7055 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
7056 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
7057 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
7058 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
7059 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
7060 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
7061 case DW_AT_extension
:
7062 return "DW_AT_extension";
7064 return "DW_AT_ranges";
7065 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
7066 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
7067 case DW_AT_call_column
:
7068 return "DW_AT_call_column";
7069 case DW_AT_call_file
:
7070 return "DW_AT_call_file";
7071 case DW_AT_call_line
:
7072 return "DW_AT_call_line";
7073 case DW_AT_object_pointer
:
7074 return "DW_AT_object_pointer";
7076 case DW_AT_signature
:
7077 return "DW_AT_signature";
7078 case DW_AT_main_subprogram
:
7079 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
7080 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset
:
7081 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
7082 case DW_AT_const_expr
:
7083 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
7084 case DW_AT_enum_class
:
7085 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
7086 case DW_AT_linkage_name
:
7087 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
7089 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
7090 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
7091 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
7092 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
7093 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
7094 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
7095 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
7096 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
7097 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7098 case DW_AT_HP_prologue
:
7099 return "DW_AT_HP_prologue";
7101 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
7102 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
7104 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
7105 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
7106 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
7107 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
7108 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7109 case DW_AT_HP_epilogue
:
7110 return "DW_AT_HP_epilogue";
7112 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
7113 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
7115 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
7116 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
7117 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
7118 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
7119 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
7120 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
7122 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
7123 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
7124 case DW_AT_src_info
:
7125 return "DW_AT_src_info";
7126 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
7127 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
7128 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
7129 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
7130 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
7131 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
7132 case DW_AT_body_end
:
7133 return "DW_AT_body_end";
7134 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
7135 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
7136 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by
:
7137 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
7138 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by
:
7139 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
7140 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded
:
7141 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
7142 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded
:
7143 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
7144 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded
:
7145 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
7146 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required
:
7147 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
7148 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required
:
7149 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
7150 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
:
7151 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
7152 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name
:
7153 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
7155 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
7156 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
7159 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
7163 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
7166 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
7171 return "DW_FORM_addr";
7172 case DW_FORM_block2
:
7173 return "DW_FORM_block2";
7174 case DW_FORM_block4
:
7175 return "DW_FORM_block4";
7177 return "DW_FORM_data2";
7179 return "DW_FORM_data4";
7181 return "DW_FORM_data8";
7182 case DW_FORM_string
:
7183 return "DW_FORM_string";
7185 return "DW_FORM_block";
7186 case DW_FORM_block1
:
7187 return "DW_FORM_block1";
7189 return "DW_FORM_data1";
7191 return "DW_FORM_flag";
7193 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
7195 return "DW_FORM_strp";
7197 return "DW_FORM_udata";
7198 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
7199 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
7201 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
7203 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
7205 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
7207 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
7208 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
7209 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
7210 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
7211 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
7212 case DW_FORM_sec_offset
:
7213 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
7214 case DW_FORM_exprloc
:
7215 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
7216 case DW_FORM_flag_present
:
7217 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
7218 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8
:
7219 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
7221 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
7225 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
7226 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
7227 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
7228 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
7232 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl
)
7234 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl
), TS_DECL_COMMON
))
7237 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
7238 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
7239 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
7240 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
7243 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
7244 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
7245 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)));
7247 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
7250 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
7251 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
7255 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
7257 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
7259 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
7260 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
7262 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
7263 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
7265 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
7266 context
= NULL_TREE
;
7271 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
7274 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
7276 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
7280 if (die
->die_attr
== NULL
)
7281 die
->die_attr
= VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node
, gc
, 1);
7282 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node
, gc
, die
->die_attr
, attr
);
7285 static inline enum dw_val_class
7286 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
7288 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
7291 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
7294 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
7298 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7299 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
7300 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
7301 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7304 static inline unsigned
7305 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
7307 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
);
7308 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
7311 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7314 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
7318 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7319 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
7320 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
7321 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7324 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
7325 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
7327 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
);
7328 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
7331 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7334 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7335 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
7339 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7340 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
7341 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
7342 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7345 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7346 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
7348 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
);
7349 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
7352 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7355 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7356 HOST_WIDE_INT high
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low
)
7360 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7361 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
7362 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
= high
;
7363 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
= low
;
7364 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7367 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
7370 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7371 unsigned int length
, unsigned int elt_size
, unsigned char *array
)
7375 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7376 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
7377 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
7378 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
7379 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
7380 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7383 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
7386 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7387 unsigned char data8
[8])
7391 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7392 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_data8
;
7393 memcpy (attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
, data8
, 8);
7394 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7397 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
7400 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
7402 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
7406 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
7408 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
7409 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
7412 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
7414 static struct indirect_string_node
*
7415 find_AT_string (const char *str
)
7417 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7420 if (! debug_str_hash
)
7421 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
7422 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
7424 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
7425 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
7428 node
= ggc_alloc_cleared_indirect_string_node ();
7429 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
7433 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
7439 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7442 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
7445 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7447 node
= find_AT_string (str
);
7449 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7450 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
7451 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
7452 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7455 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7456 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7459 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node
*node
)
7466 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
7467 ++dw2_string_counter
;
7468 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
7471 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7472 debug string STR. */
7475 get_debug_string_label (const char *str
)
7477 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= find_AT_string (str
);
7479 debug_str_hash_forced
= true;
7481 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node
);
7483 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, node
->label
);
7486 static inline const char *
7487 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
7489 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
7490 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
7493 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7494 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7496 static enum dwarf_form
7497 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
7499 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7502 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
7504 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
7508 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
7510 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7511 always better to put it inline. */
7512 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
7513 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
7515 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7516 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7518 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7519 || ((debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
7520 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
))
7521 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
7523 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node
);
7525 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
7528 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7531 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
7535 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
7536 gcc_assert (targ_die
!= NULL
);
7538 /* With LTO we can end up trying to reference something we didn't create
7539 a DIE for. Avoid crashing later on a NULL referenced DIE. */
7540 if (targ_die
== NULL
)
7544 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7545 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
7546 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
7547 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
7548 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7551 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7552 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7555 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
7557 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
7558 gcc_assert (!targ_die
->die_definition
);
7559 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
7562 static inline dw_die_ref
7563 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
7565 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
7566 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
7570 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
7572 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
7573 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
7579 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
7581 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
7582 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
7585 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7588 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
7592 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7593 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
7594 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
7595 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7598 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7601 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
7605 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7606 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
7607 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
7608 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7611 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7612 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
7614 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
7615 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
7619 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
7623 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7624 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
7625 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
7626 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7627 have_location_lists
= true;
7630 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7631 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
7633 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
7634 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
7637 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
*
7638 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a
)
7640 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
7641 return &a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
7644 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7647 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
7651 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7652 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
7653 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
7654 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7657 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7660 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
7662 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
);
7663 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
7666 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7669 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7670 struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
)
7674 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7675 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_file
;
7676 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
= fd
;
7677 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7680 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7682 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
7683 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a
)
7685 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_file
);
7686 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
;
7689 /* Add a vms delta attribute value to a DIE. */
7692 add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7693 const char *lbl1
, const char *lbl2
)
7697 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7698 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vms_delta
;
7699 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
= xstrdup (lbl1
);
7700 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl2
= xstrdup (lbl2
);
7701 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7704 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7707 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
7711 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7712 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
7713 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
7714 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7717 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7718 debug_line section. */
7721 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7726 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7727 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lineptr
;
7728 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
7729 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7732 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7733 debug_macinfo section. */
7736 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7741 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7742 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_macptr
;
7743 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
7744 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7747 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7750 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7751 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
7755 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7756 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
7757 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
7758 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7761 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7764 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7765 long unsigned int offset
)
7769 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7770 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
7771 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
7772 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7775 /* Return the start label of a delta attribute. */
7777 static inline const char *
7778 AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref a
)
7780 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_vms_delta
));
7781 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
;
7784 /* Return the end label of a delta attribute. */
7786 static inline const char *
7787 AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref a
)
7789 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_vms_delta
));
7790 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl2
;
7793 static inline const char *
7794 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
7796 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7797 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7798 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_macptr
));
7799 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
7802 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
7805 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7809 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
7814 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
7815 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
7817 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
7818 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
7822 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
7827 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7828 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7829 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7831 static inline const char *
7832 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
7834 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
7836 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
7839 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7840 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7841 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7843 static inline const char *
7844 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
7846 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
7848 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
7851 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7852 NULL if it is not present. */
7854 static inline const char *
7855 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7857 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7859 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
7862 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7863 if it is not present. */
7866 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7868 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7870 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
7873 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7874 if it is not present. */
7876 static inline unsigned
7877 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7879 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7881 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
7884 static inline dw_die_ref
7885 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7887 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7889 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
7892 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
7893 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7895 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7897 return a
? AT_file (a
) : NULL
;
7900 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7905 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
7907 return lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
7910 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7915 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
7917 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
7918 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
7919 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran95
);
7922 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7927 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
7929 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
7932 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7935 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7943 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
7944 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
7946 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
7947 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
7948 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
7950 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7952 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
);
7957 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7958 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7961 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
7963 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
7964 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== child
);
7967 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
);
7971 prev
->die_sib
= child
->die_sib
;
7972 if (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
)
7973 child
->die_parent
->die_child
= prev
;
7976 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
7977 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
7980 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child
, dw_die_ref new_child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
7982 dw_die_ref parent
= old_child
->die_parent
;
7984 gcc_assert (parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
7985 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== old_child
);
7987 new_child
->die_parent
= parent
;
7988 if (prev
== old_child
)
7990 gcc_assert (parent
->die_child
== old_child
);
7991 new_child
->die_sib
= new_child
;
7995 prev
->die_sib
= new_child
;
7996 new_child
->die_sib
= old_child
->die_sib
;
7998 if (old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
== old_child
)
7999 old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
= new_child
;
8002 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
8005 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent
, dw_die_ref new_parent
)
8008 new_parent
->die_child
= old_parent
->die_child
;
8009 old_parent
->die_child
= NULL
;
8010 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent
, c
, c
->die_parent
= new_parent
);
8013 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
8017 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
8023 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
8025 while (c
->die_tag
== tag
)
8027 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
8028 /* Might have removed every child. */
8029 if (c
== c
->die_sib
)
8033 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
8036 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
8039 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
8041 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
8042 if (! die
|| ! child_die
)
8044 gcc_assert (die
!= child_die
);
8046 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
8049 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
->die_sib
;
8050 die
->die_child
->die_sib
= child_die
;
8053 child_die
->die_sib
= child_die
;
8054 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
8057 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
8058 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
8059 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
8062 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
8066 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
8067 specification DIE at toplevel. */
8068 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
8070 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
8076 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== parent
8077 || (child
->die_parent
8078 == get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
)));
8080 for (p
= child
->die_parent
->die_child
; ; p
= p
->die_sib
)
8081 if (p
->die_sib
== child
)
8083 remove_child_with_prev (child
, p
);
8087 add_child_die (parent
, child
);
8090 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
8092 static inline dw_die_ref
8093 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
8095 dw_die_ref die
= ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
8097 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
8099 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
8100 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
8103 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
8105 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared_limbo_die_node ();
8106 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
8107 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
8108 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
8109 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
8115 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
8117 static inline dw_die_ref
8118 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
8120 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
8123 /* Like lookup_type_die, but if type is an anonymous type named by a
8124 typedef[1], return the DIE of the anonymous type instead the one of
8125 the naming typedef. This is because in gen_typedef_die, we did
8126 equate the anonymous struct named by the typedef with the DIE of
8127 the naming typedef. So by default, lookup_type_die on an anonymous
8128 struct yields the DIE of the naming typedef.
8130 [1]: Read the comment of is_naming_typedef_decl to learn about what
8131 a naming typedef is. */
8133 static inline dw_die_ref
8134 lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree type
)
8136 dw_die_ref die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
8137 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
8138 && die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
8139 && is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
8140 die
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_type
);
8144 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
8147 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
8149 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
8152 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
8155 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
8157 return (hashval_t
) ((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
;
8160 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
8163 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
8165 return (((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
8168 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
8170 static inline dw_die_ref
8171 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
8173 return (dw_die_ref
) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
8176 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
8179 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x
)
8181 return (hashval_t
) ((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
;
8184 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
8188 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
8190 return (((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
8193 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
8195 static inline var_loc_list
*
8196 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl
)
8198 if (!decl_loc_table
)
8200 return (var_loc_list
*)
8201 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
8204 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
8207 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
8209 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
8212 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
8214 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
8217 /* Return how many bits covers PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
8220 decl_piece_bitsize (rtx piece
)
8222 int ret
= (int) GET_MODE (piece
);
8225 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (piece
, 0)) == CONCAT
8226 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 0)));
8227 return INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 0));
8230 /* Return pointer to the location of location note in PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
8233 decl_piece_varloc_ptr (rtx piece
)
8235 if ((int) GET_MODE (piece
))
8236 return &XEXP (piece
, 0);
8238 return &XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 1);
8241 /* Create an EXPR_LIST for location note LOC_NOTE covering BITSIZE bits.
8242 Next is the chain of following piece nodes. */
8245 decl_piece_node (rtx loc_note
, HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, rtx next
)
8247 if (bitsize
<= (int) MAX_MACHINE_MODE
)
8248 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (bitsize
, loc_note
, next
);
8250 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, gen_rtx_CONCAT (VOIDmode
,
8255 /* Return rtx that should be stored into loc field for
8256 LOC_NOTE and BITPOS/BITSIZE. */
8259 construct_piece_list (rtx loc_note
, HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos
,
8260 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
)
8264 loc_note
= decl_piece_node (loc_note
, bitsize
, NULL_RTX
);
8266 loc_note
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, bitpos
, loc_note
);
8271 /* This function either modifies location piece list *DEST in
8272 place (if SRC and INNER is NULL), or copies location piece list
8273 *SRC to *DEST while modifying it. Location BITPOS is modified
8274 to contain LOC_NOTE, any pieces overlapping it are removed resp.
8275 not copied and if needed some padding around it is added.
8276 When modifying in place, DEST should point to EXPR_LIST where
8277 earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits, when copying SRC points
8278 to the start of the whole list and INNER points to the EXPR_LIST
8279 where earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits. */
8282 adjust_piece_list (rtx
*dest
, rtx
*src
, rtx
*inner
,
8283 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos
, HOST_WIDE_INT piece_bitpos
,
8284 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, rtx loc_note
)
8287 bool copy
= inner
!= NULL
;
8291 /* First copy all nodes preceeding the current bitpos. */
8292 while (src
!= inner
)
8294 *dest
= decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src
),
8295 decl_piece_bitsize (*src
), NULL_RTX
);
8296 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8297 src
= &XEXP (*src
, 1);
8300 /* Add padding if needed. */
8301 if (bitpos
!= piece_bitpos
)
8303 *dest
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, bitpos
- piece_bitpos
,
8304 copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
8305 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8307 else if (*dest
&& decl_piece_bitsize (*dest
) == bitsize
)
8310 /* A piece with correct bitpos and bitsize already exist,
8311 just update the location for it and return. */
8312 *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*dest
) = loc_note
;
8315 /* Add the piece that changed. */
8316 *dest
= decl_piece_node (loc_note
, bitsize
, copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
8317 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8318 /* Skip over pieces that overlap it. */
8319 diff
= bitpos
- piece_bitpos
+ bitsize
;
8322 while (diff
> 0 && *src
)
8325 diff
-= decl_piece_bitsize (piece
);
8327 src
= &XEXP (piece
, 1);
8330 *src
= XEXP (piece
, 1);
8331 free_EXPR_LIST_node (piece
);
8334 /* Add padding if needed. */
8335 if (diff
< 0 && *src
)
8339 *dest
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, -diff
, copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
8340 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8344 /* Finally copy all nodes following it. */
8347 *dest
= decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src
),
8348 decl_piece_bitsize (*src
), NULL_RTX
);
8349 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8350 src
= &XEXP (*src
, 1);
8354 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
8356 static struct var_loc_node
*
8357 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl
, rtx loc_note
, const char *label
)
8359 unsigned int decl_id
;
8362 struct var_loc_node
*loc
= NULL
;
8363 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
= -1, bitpos
= -1;
8365 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl
))
8367 tree realdecl
= DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl
);
8368 if (realdecl
&& handled_component_p (realdecl
))
8370 HOST_WIDE_INT maxsize
;
8373 = get_ref_base_and_extent (realdecl
, &bitpos
, &bitsize
, &maxsize
);
8374 if (!DECL_P (innerdecl
)
8375 || DECL_IGNORED_P (innerdecl
)
8376 || TREE_STATIC (innerdecl
)
8378 || bitpos
+ bitsize
> 256
8379 || bitsize
!= maxsize
)
8385 decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
8386 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
8389 temp
= ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_list ();
8390 temp
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
8394 temp
= (var_loc_list
*) *slot
;
8398 struct var_loc_node
*last
= temp
->last
, *unused
= NULL
;
8399 rtx
*piece_loc
= NULL
, last_loc_note
;
8400 int piece_bitpos
= 0;
8404 gcc_assert (last
->next
== NULL
);
8406 if (bitsize
!= -1 && GET_CODE (last
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
8408 piece_loc
= &last
->loc
;
8411 int cur_bitsize
= decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc
);
8412 if (piece_bitpos
+ cur_bitsize
> bitpos
)
8414 piece_bitpos
+= cur_bitsize
;
8415 piece_loc
= &XEXP (*piece_loc
, 1);
8419 /* TEMP->LAST here is either pointer to the last but one or
8420 last element in the chained list, LAST is pointer to the
8422 if (label
&& strcmp (last
->label
, label
) == 0)
8424 /* For SRA optimized variables if there weren't any real
8425 insns since last note, just modify the last node. */
8426 if (piece_loc
!= NULL
)
8428 adjust_piece_list (piece_loc
, NULL
, NULL
,
8429 bitpos
, piece_bitpos
, bitsize
, loc_note
);
8432 /* If the last note doesn't cover any instructions, remove it. */
8433 if (temp
->last
!= last
)
8435 temp
->last
->next
= NULL
;
8438 gcc_assert (strcmp (last
->label
, label
) != 0);
8442 gcc_assert (temp
->first
== temp
->last
);
8443 memset (temp
->last
, '\0', sizeof (*temp
->last
));
8444 temp
->last
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
8448 if (bitsize
== -1 && NOTE_P (last
->loc
))
8449 last_loc_note
= last
->loc
;
8450 else if (piece_loc
!= NULL
8451 && *piece_loc
!= NULL_RTX
8452 && piece_bitpos
== bitpos
8453 && decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc
) == bitsize
)
8454 last_loc_note
= *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*piece_loc
);
8456 last_loc_note
= NULL_RTX
;
8457 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
8458 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
8459 we have nothing to do. */
8460 if (last_loc_note
== NULL_RTX
8461 || (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (last_loc_note
),
8462 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
)))
8463 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note
)
8464 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
))
8465 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note
)
8466 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
8467 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
)
8468 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
))))
8470 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. If the last
8471 element of the list has been removed above, reuse its
8472 memory for the new node, otherwise allocate a new one. */
8476 memset (loc
, '\0', sizeof (*loc
));
8479 loc
= ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node ();
8480 if (bitsize
== -1 || piece_loc
== NULL
)
8481 loc
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
8483 adjust_piece_list (&loc
->loc
, &last
->loc
, piece_loc
,
8484 bitpos
, piece_bitpos
, bitsize
, loc_note
);
8486 /* Ensure TEMP->LAST will point either to the new last but one
8487 element of the chain, or to the last element in it. */
8488 if (last
!= temp
->last
)
8496 loc
= ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node ();
8499 loc
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
8504 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
8505 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
8506 the DIE internal representation. */
8507 static int print_indent
;
8509 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
8512 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
8514 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
8517 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
8520 print_signature (FILE *outfile
, char *sig
)
8524 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
8525 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", sig
[i
] & 0xff);
8528 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
8529 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8532 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
8538 print_spaces (outfile
);
8539 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4ld: %s (%p)\n",
8540 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
),
8542 print_spaces (outfile
);
8543 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
8544 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %ld", die
->die_offset
);
8545 fprintf (outfile
, " mark: %d\n", die
->die_mark
);
8547 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 && die
->die_id
.die_type_node
)
8549 print_spaces (outfile
);
8550 fprintf (outfile
, " signature: ");
8551 print_signature (outfile
, die
->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
8552 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
8555 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8557 print_spaces (outfile
);
8558 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
8560 switch (AT_class (a
))
8562 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8563 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
8565 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8566 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
8568 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8569 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
8571 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
8572 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
8573 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
8575 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
8576 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
8578 case dw_val_class_const
:
8579 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
8581 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8582 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
8584 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8585 fprintf (outfile
, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
","\
8586 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
")",
8587 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
,
8588 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
);
8590 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8591 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point or vector constant");
8593 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8594 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
8596 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8597 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
8599 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 && AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
)
8601 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> signature: ");
8602 print_signature (outfile
,
8603 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
8605 else if (dwarf_version
< 4 && AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
)
8606 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s",
8607 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
8609 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
8610 fprintf (outfile
, " (%p)", (void *) AT_ref (a
));
8613 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
8615 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
8616 fprintf (outfile
, "delta: @slotcount(%s-%s)",
8617 AT_vms_delta2 (a
), AT_vms_delta1 (a
));
8619 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8620 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8621 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8622 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
8624 case dw_val_class_str
:
8625 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
8626 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
8628 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
8630 case dw_val_class_file
:
8631 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a
)->filename
,
8632 AT_file (a
)->emitted_number
);
8634 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8638 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
8639 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
]);
8646 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
8649 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
8652 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, print_die (c
, outfile
));
8655 if (print_indent
== 0)
8656 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
8659 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
8660 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8663 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
8666 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
8668 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
8669 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
8671 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
8672 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i
,
8673 line_info
->dw_file_num
,
8674 line_info
->dw_line_num
);
8677 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
8680 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
8683 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
8685 print_die (die
, stderr
);
8688 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
8689 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8695 print_die (comp_unit_die (), stderr
);
8696 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
8697 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
8700 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
8701 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
8702 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
8705 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
8707 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
8708 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
8710 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
8714 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
8717 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
8719 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
8721 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
8725 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8726 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8728 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8731 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8735 tem
= (loc
->dtprel
<< 8) | ((unsigned int) loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
8737 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
8738 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
8741 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8744 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8746 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8749 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
8751 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8752 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8753 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
8756 switch (AT_class (at
))
8758 case dw_val_class_const
:
8759 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
8761 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8762 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8764 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8765 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
8767 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8768 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
8770 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8771 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
8773 case dw_val_class_str
:
8774 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
8777 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8779 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
8780 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
8783 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8784 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
8787 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8788 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8789 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
8792 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8793 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
8796 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8797 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
8798 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8799 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8800 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8803 case dw_val_class_file
:
8804 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
8807 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8808 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
8816 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
8819 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8825 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8828 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
8831 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
8833 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
8835 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8836 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
8838 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
));
8842 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8844 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
8845 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8846 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8847 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8848 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8849 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8850 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8852 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
8855 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8862 byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
8864 more
= !((value
== 0 && (byte
& 0x40) == 0)
8865 || (value
== -1 && (byte
& 0x40) != 0));
8874 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
8877 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8881 unsigned char byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
8884 /* More bytes to follow. */
8892 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
8893 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
8896 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8900 int tag
= die
->die_tag
;
8902 if (tag
!= DW_TAG_namespace
8903 && tag
!= DW_TAG_structure_type
8904 && tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
8907 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
8909 spec
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8913 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8914 checksum_die_context (die
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8916 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8917 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag
);
8919 CHECKSUM_STRING (name
);
8922 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8925 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8927 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8928 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
8929 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_plus_uconst
&& loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
)
8931 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8932 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8936 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
8939 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
8940 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
8941 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
8942 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
8946 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8949 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag
, dw_attr_ref at
,
8950 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8952 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8955 if (AT_class (at
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
8957 dw_die_ref target_die
= AT_ref (at
);
8959 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8960 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
8961 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
8962 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
8963 is complete or not. */
8964 if ((at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_type
8965 && (tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
8966 || tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
8967 || tag
== DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
8968 || tag
== DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
))
8969 || (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_friend
8970 && tag
== DW_TAG_friend
))
8972 dw_attr_ref name_attr
= get_AT (target_die
, DW_AT_name
);
8974 if (name_attr
!= NULL
)
8976 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8980 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
8981 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8982 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8983 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8984 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
8985 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
8990 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
8991 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
8992 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
8993 if (target_die
->die_mark
> 0)
8995 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
8996 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8997 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die
->die_mark
);
9001 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9005 target_die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
9006 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
9007 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
9008 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
9009 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
9010 die_checksum_ordered (target_die
, ctx
, mark
);
9015 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
9016 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
9018 switch (AT_class (at
))
9020 case dw_val_class_const
:
9021 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
9022 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
9025 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9026 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
9027 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
9030 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
9031 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
9032 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
));
9033 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
9036 case dw_val_class_vec
:
9037 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
9038 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
));
9039 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
9042 case dw_val_class_flag
:
9043 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag
);
9044 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
? 1 : 0);
9047 case dw_val_class_str
:
9048 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
9049 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
9052 case dw_val_class_addr
:
9054 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
9055 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
9056 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
9059 case dw_val_class_offset
:
9060 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
9061 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
9064 case dw_val_class_loc
:
9065 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
9066 loc_checksum_ordered (loc
, ctx
);
9069 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
9070 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
9071 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
9072 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
9075 case dw_val_class_file
:
9076 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
9077 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
9080 case dw_val_class_data8
:
9081 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
9089 struct checksum_attributes
9091 dw_attr_ref at_name
;
9092 dw_attr_ref at_type
;
9093 dw_attr_ref at_friend
;
9094 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility
;
9095 dw_attr_ref at_address_class
;
9096 dw_attr_ref at_allocated
;
9097 dw_attr_ref at_artificial
;
9098 dw_attr_ref at_associated
;
9099 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale
;
9100 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset
;
9101 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size
;
9102 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride
;
9103 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size
;
9104 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride
;
9105 dw_attr_ref at_const_value
;
9106 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type
;
9107 dw_attr_ref at_count
;
9108 dw_attr_ref at_data_location
;
9109 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location
;
9110 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale
;
9111 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign
;
9112 dw_attr_ref at_default_value
;
9113 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count
;
9114 dw_attr_ref at_discr
;
9115 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list
;
9116 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value
;
9117 dw_attr_ref at_encoding
;
9118 dw_attr_ref at_endianity
;
9119 dw_attr_ref at_explicit
;
9120 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional
;
9121 dw_attr_ref at_location
;
9122 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound
;
9123 dw_attr_ref at_mutable
;
9124 dw_attr_ref at_ordering
;
9125 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string
;
9126 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped
;
9127 dw_attr_ref at_small
;
9128 dw_attr_ref at_segment
;
9129 dw_attr_ref at_string_length
;
9130 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled
;
9131 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound
;
9132 dw_attr_ref at_use_location
;
9133 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8
;
9134 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter
;
9135 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality
;
9136 dw_attr_ref at_visibility
;
9137 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location
;
9140 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
9143 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*attrs
, dw_die_ref die
)
9148 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9159 attrs
->at_friend
= a
;
9161 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
9162 attrs
->at_accessibility
= a
;
9164 case DW_AT_address_class
:
9165 attrs
->at_address_class
= a
;
9167 case DW_AT_allocated
:
9168 attrs
->at_allocated
= a
;
9170 case DW_AT_artificial
:
9171 attrs
->at_artificial
= a
;
9173 case DW_AT_associated
:
9174 attrs
->at_associated
= a
;
9176 case DW_AT_binary_scale
:
9177 attrs
->at_binary_scale
= a
;
9179 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
9180 attrs
->at_bit_offset
= a
;
9182 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
9183 attrs
->at_bit_size
= a
;
9185 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
9186 attrs
->at_bit_stride
= a
;
9188 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
9189 attrs
->at_byte_size
= a
;
9191 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
9192 attrs
->at_byte_stride
= a
;
9194 case DW_AT_const_value
:
9195 attrs
->at_const_value
= a
;
9197 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
9198 attrs
->at_containing_type
= a
;
9201 attrs
->at_count
= a
;
9203 case DW_AT_data_location
:
9204 attrs
->at_data_location
= a
;
9206 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
9207 attrs
->at_data_member_location
= a
;
9209 case DW_AT_decimal_scale
:
9210 attrs
->at_decimal_scale
= a
;
9212 case DW_AT_decimal_sign
:
9213 attrs
->at_decimal_sign
= a
;
9215 case DW_AT_default_value
:
9216 attrs
->at_default_value
= a
;
9218 case DW_AT_digit_count
:
9219 attrs
->at_digit_count
= a
;
9222 attrs
->at_discr
= a
;
9224 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
9225 attrs
->at_discr_list
= a
;
9227 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
9228 attrs
->at_discr_value
= a
;
9230 case DW_AT_encoding
:
9231 attrs
->at_encoding
= a
;
9233 case DW_AT_endianity
:
9234 attrs
->at_endianity
= a
;
9236 case DW_AT_explicit
:
9237 attrs
->at_explicit
= a
;
9239 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
9240 attrs
->at_is_optional
= a
;
9242 case DW_AT_location
:
9243 attrs
->at_location
= a
;
9245 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
9246 attrs
->at_lower_bound
= a
;
9249 attrs
->at_mutable
= a
;
9251 case DW_AT_ordering
:
9252 attrs
->at_ordering
= a
;
9254 case DW_AT_picture_string
:
9255 attrs
->at_picture_string
= a
;
9257 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
9258 attrs
->at_prototyped
= a
;
9261 attrs
->at_small
= a
;
9264 attrs
->at_segment
= a
;
9266 case DW_AT_string_length
:
9267 attrs
->at_string_length
= a
;
9269 case DW_AT_threads_scaled
:
9270 attrs
->at_threads_scaled
= a
;
9272 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
9273 attrs
->at_upper_bound
= a
;
9275 case DW_AT_use_location
:
9276 attrs
->at_use_location
= a
;
9278 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
9279 attrs
->at_use_UTF8
= a
;
9281 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
9282 attrs
->at_variable_parameter
= a
;
9284 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
9285 attrs
->at_virtuality
= a
;
9287 case DW_AT_visibility
:
9288 attrs
->at_visibility
= a
;
9290 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
9291 attrs
->at_vtable_elem_location
= a
;
9299 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
9302 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
9306 struct checksum_attributes attrs
;
9308 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
9309 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die
->die_tag
);
9311 memset (&attrs
, 0, sizeof (attrs
));
9313 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9315 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, decl
);
9316 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, die
);
9318 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_name
);
9319 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_accessibility
);
9320 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_address_class
);
9321 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_allocated
);
9322 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_artificial
);
9323 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_associated
);
9324 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_binary_scale
);
9325 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_offset
);
9326 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_size
);
9327 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_stride
);
9328 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_size
);
9329 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_stride
);
9330 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_const_value
);
9331 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_containing_type
);
9332 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_count
);
9333 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_location
);
9334 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_member_location
);
9335 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_scale
);
9336 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_sign
);
9337 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_default_value
);
9338 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_digit_count
);
9339 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr
);
9340 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_list
);
9341 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_value
);
9342 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_encoding
);
9343 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_endianity
);
9344 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_explicit
);
9345 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_is_optional
);
9346 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_location
);
9347 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_lower_bound
);
9348 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_mutable
);
9349 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_ordering
);
9350 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_picture_string
);
9351 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_prototyped
);
9352 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_small
);
9353 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_segment
);
9354 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_string_length
);
9355 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_threads_scaled
);
9356 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_upper_bound
);
9357 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_location
);
9358 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_UTF8
);
9359 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_variable_parameter
);
9360 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_virtuality
);
9361 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_visibility
);
9362 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_vtable_elem_location
);
9363 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_type
);
9364 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_friend
);
9366 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
9369 dw_attr_ref name_attr
;
9372 name_attr
= get_AT (c
, DW_AT_name
);
9373 if ((is_type_die (c
) || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
9374 && name_attr
!= NULL
)
9376 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
9377 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c
->die_tag
);
9378 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
9382 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
9383 if (c
->die_mark
== 0)
9385 die_checksum_ordered (c
, ctx
, mark
);
9387 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
9389 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
9393 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
9394 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
9395 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
9396 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
9398 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
9399 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
9400 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
9401 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
9402 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
9403 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
9404 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
9407 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die
, comdat_type_node
*type_node
)
9411 unsigned char checksum
[16];
9415 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
9416 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9418 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
9419 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
9420 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
9422 if (is_cxx() && name
!= NULL
)
9424 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
9426 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
9427 if (decl
!= NULL
&& decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
9428 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, &ctx
);
9430 md5_process_bytes (&die
->die_tag
, sizeof (die
->die_tag
), &ctx
);
9431 md5_process_bytes (name
, strlen (name
) + 1, &ctx
);
9432 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
9434 add_AT_data8 (type_node
->root_die
, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
, &checksum
[8]);
9437 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
9439 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
9441 die
->die_mark
= mark
;
9443 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
9444 if (decl
!= NULL
&& decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
9445 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, &ctx
);
9447 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
9448 die_checksum_ordered (die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
9449 unmark_all_dies (die
);
9450 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
9452 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
9453 type node together. */
9454 memcpy (type_node
->signature
, &checksum
[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
],
9455 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
);
9456 die
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
9457 type_node
->type_die
= die
;
9459 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
9462 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
9465 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
9467 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
9469 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
9470 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
9471 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
9474 /* Do the values look the same? */
9476 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*v1
, const dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
9478 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
9481 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
9484 switch (v1
->val_class
)
9486 case dw_val_class_const
:
9487 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
9488 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9489 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
9490 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
9491 return v1
->v
.val_double
.high
== v2
->v
.val_double
.high
9492 && v1
->v
.val_double
.low
== v2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
9493 case dw_val_class_vec
:
9494 if (v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.length
9495 || v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
9497 if (memcmp (v1
->v
.val_vec
.array
, v2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
9498 v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
* v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
9501 case dw_val_class_flag
:
9502 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
9503 case dw_val_class_str
:
9504 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
9506 case dw_val_class_addr
:
9507 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
9508 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
9509 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
9511 return !rtx_equal_p (r1
, r2
);
9513 case dw_val_class_offset
:
9514 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
9516 case dw_val_class_loc
:
9517 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
9519 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
9520 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
9522 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
9524 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
9525 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
9527 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
9528 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
9529 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
9530 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
9531 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
9534 case dw_val_class_file
:
9535 return v1
->v
.val_file
== v2
->v
.val_file
;
9537 case dw_val_class_data8
:
9538 return !memcmp (v1
->v
.val_data8
, v2
->v
.val_data8
, 8);
9545 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
9548 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
9550 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
9553 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
9554 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
9555 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
9558 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
9561 /* Do the dies look the same? */
9564 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
9570 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
9572 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
9573 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
9575 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
9578 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
)
9579 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
))
9582 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
, ix
, a1
)
9583 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
, ix
), mark
))
9586 c1
= die1
->die_child
;
9587 c2
= die2
->die_child
;
9596 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
9600 if (c1
== die1
->die_child
)
9602 if (c2
== die2
->die_child
)
9612 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
9615 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
9618 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
9620 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
9621 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
9626 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
9628 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
9630 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
9631 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
9633 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
9634 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
9637 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
9639 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
9640 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
9641 char *name
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base
) + 64);
9644 unsigned char checksum
[16];
9647 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
9648 the name filename of the unit. */
9650 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
9652 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
9653 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
9654 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
9656 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
9657 clean_symbol_name (name
);
9659 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
9660 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
9662 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
9666 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
9667 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
9670 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
9673 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9675 switch (die
->die_tag
)
9677 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
9678 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
9679 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
9680 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
9681 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
9682 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
9683 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
9684 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
9685 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
9686 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
9687 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
9688 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
9689 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
9690 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
9691 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
9692 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
9693 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
9694 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
9695 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
9696 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
9703 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
9704 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
9705 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
9706 compilations (functions). */
9709 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9711 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
9712 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
9713 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
9714 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
9716 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
9719 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
9720 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
9721 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
9722 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
9723 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
9725 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
9727 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
9730 return is_type_die (c
);
9733 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9734 compilation unit. */
9737 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9739 return (is_type_die (c
)
9740 || is_declaration_die (c
)
9741 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
9742 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
);
9745 /* Returns true iff C is a compile-unit DIE. */
9748 is_cu_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9750 return c
&& c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_compile_unit
;
9754 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
9758 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
9759 return xstrdup (buf
);
9762 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9765 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
9769 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
9771 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
9773 char *p
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
9775 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
9776 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
9777 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
9780 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9783 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, assign_symbol_names (c
));
9786 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9789 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
9790 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
9793 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9795 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
9797 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry
=
9798 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of
;
9800 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9804 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
9806 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry1
=
9807 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of1
;
9808 const struct die_struct
*const entry2
= (const struct die_struct
*) of2
;
9810 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
, entry2
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9814 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
9816 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
,
9817 *entry
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) what
;
9827 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9830 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
9832 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
9833 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
9835 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
9837 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
9838 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
),
9842 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
9844 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
9850 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
9854 entry
= XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry
);
9856 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
9857 entry
->next
= *slot
;
9863 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
9865 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
9867 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
9869 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
9870 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
),
9874 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
9877 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9878 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9879 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
9882 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
9885 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
9886 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
9887 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
9891 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
9893 while (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9894 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
9896 dw_die_ref next
= c
->die_sib
;
9898 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
9899 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
9901 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
9902 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
9903 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
9904 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
9906 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
9908 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
9911 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
9914 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9915 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
9919 assign_symbol_names (die
);
9920 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
9921 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
9927 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
9928 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
9929 &comdat_symbol_number
);
9930 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
9932 *pnode
= node
->next
;
9935 pnode
= &node
->next
;
9936 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
9937 comdat_symbol_number
);
9940 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
9943 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
9946 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9951 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9952 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_declaration
)
9958 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is nested inside a subprogram. */
9961 is_nested_in_subprogram (dw_die_ref die
)
9963 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9967 return local_scope_p (decl
);
9970 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
9971 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
9974 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die
)
9976 switch (die
->die_tag
)
9978 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
9979 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
9980 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
9981 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
9982 /* Don't move declarations, inlined instances, or types nested in a
9984 if (is_declaration_die (die
)
9985 || get_AT (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
9986 || is_nested_in_subprogram (die
))
9989 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
9990 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
9991 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
9992 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
9993 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
9994 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
9995 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
9996 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
9997 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
9998 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
9999 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
10000 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
10001 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
10002 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
10003 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
10004 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
10010 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
10013 clone_die (dw_die_ref die
)
10019 clone
= ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
10020 clone
->die_tag
= die
->die_tag
;
10022 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10023 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
10028 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
10031 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die
)
10034 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (die
);
10036 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_child_die (clone
, clone_tree(c
)));
10041 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
10044 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die
)
10051 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
10052 if (is_declaration_die (die
))
10053 return clone_die (die
);
10055 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
10056 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
10058 return clone_die (decl
);
10060 clone
= ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
10061 clone
->die_tag
= die
->die_tag
;
10063 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10065 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
10066 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
10067 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
10069 switch (a
->dw_attr
)
10071 case DW_AT_artificial
:
10072 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
10073 case DW_AT_external
:
10076 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
10077 case DW_AT_linkage_name
:
10078 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
10079 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
10081 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
10087 if (die
->die_id
.die_type_node
)
10088 add_AT_die_ref (clone
, DW_AT_signature
, die
);
10090 add_AT_flag (clone
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10094 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
10095 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
10096 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
10097 attached to the specification. */
10100 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
)
10103 dw_die_ref new_decl
;
10105 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
10114 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
10115 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
10116 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= die
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
10118 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
10120 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, decl
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10122 if (a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_name
10123 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_declaration
10124 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_external
)
10125 add_dwarf_attr (die
, a
);
10128 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl
, c
, add_child_die (die
, clone_tree(c
)));
10131 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
10132 && decl
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
10133 && decl
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
10135 new_decl
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, decl
, NULL
);
10136 if (new_decl
!= NULL
)
10138 remove_AT (new_decl
, DW_AT_signature
);
10139 add_AT_specification (die
, new_decl
);
10144 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
10145 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
10148 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*node
)
10150 if (node
->new_die
!= NULL
)
10153 node
->new_die
= clone_as_declaration (node
->old_die
);
10155 if (node
->parent
!= NULL
)
10157 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node
->parent
);
10158 add_child_die (node
->parent
->new_die
, node
->new_die
);
10162 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
10163 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
10164 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
10167 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*parent
)
10169 skeleton_chain_node node
;
10172 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
10173 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
10175 node
.parent
= parent
;
10177 first
= c
= parent
->old_die
->die_child
;
10181 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
10184 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
10186 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
10187 if (is_declaration_die (c
))
10189 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
10190 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
10191 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
10192 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (c
);
10193 move_all_children (c
, clone
);
10195 replace_child (c
, clone
, prev
);
10196 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent
);
10197 add_child_die (parent
->new_die
, c
);
10201 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
10202 } while (next
!= NULL
);
10205 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
10208 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die
)
10210 skeleton_chain_node node
;
10212 node
.old_die
= die
;
10213 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
10214 node
.parent
= NULL
;
10216 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
10217 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
10218 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
&& is_type_die (die
->die_parent
))
10219 node
.new_die
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
10221 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
10222 return node
.new_die
;
10225 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
10226 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
10227 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
10228 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
10229 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
10230 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
10233 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
10235 dw_die_ref skeleton
;
10237 skeleton
= generate_skeleton (child
);
10238 if (skeleton
== NULL
)
10239 remove_child_with_prev (child
, prev
);
10242 skeleton
->die_id
.die_type_node
= child
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
10243 replace_child (child
, skeleton
, prev
);
10249 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
10250 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
10253 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die
)
10257 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
10258 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
10259 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
10261 first
= c
= die
->die_child
;
10265 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
10268 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
10269 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c
))
10271 dw_die_ref replacement
;
10272 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
;
10274 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
10275 add it to the list of comdat types. */
10276 unit
= new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
10277 add_AT_unsigned (unit
, DW_AT_language
,
10278 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
));
10279 type_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared_comdat_type_node ();
10280 type_node
->root_die
= unit
;
10281 type_node
->next
= comdat_type_list
;
10282 comdat_type_list
= type_node
;
10284 /* Generate the type signature. */
10285 generate_type_signature (c
, type_node
);
10287 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
10288 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
10289 copy_declaration_context (unit
, c
);
10291 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
10292 replacement
= remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c
, prev
);
10294 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
10295 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
10297 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
10298 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
10300 if (replacement
!= NULL
)
10303 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
10304 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
10305 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
10306 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
)
10308 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
10309 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
10311 } while (next
!= NULL
);
10314 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
10316 struct decl_table_entry
10322 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
10325 htab_decl_hash (const void *of
)
10327 const struct decl_table_entry
*const entry
=
10328 (const struct decl_table_entry
*) of
;
10330 return htab_hash_pointer (entry
->orig
);
10334 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
10336 const struct decl_table_entry
*const entry1
=
10337 (const struct decl_table_entry
*) of1
;
10338 const struct die_struct
*const entry2
= (const struct die_struct
*) of2
;
10340 return entry1
->orig
== entry2
;
10344 htab_decl_del (void *what
)
10346 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) what
;
10351 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
10352 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
10353 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
10354 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
10357 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, htab_t decl_table
)
10359 dw_die_ref parent
= die
->die_parent
;
10360 dw_die_ref new_parent
= unit
;
10362 void **slot
= NULL
;
10363 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= NULL
;
10367 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
10368 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table
, die
,
10369 htab_hash_pointer (die
), INSERT
);
10370 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
10372 entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) *slot
;
10373 return entry
->copy
;
10376 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
10377 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
10379 entry
->copy
= NULL
;
10383 if (parent
!= NULL
)
10385 dw_die_ref spec
= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
);
10388 if (parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
10389 && parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
10390 new_parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
10393 copy
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
10394 add_child_die (new_parent
, copy
);
10396 if (decl_table
!= NULL
)
10398 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
10399 entry
->copy
= copy
;
10405 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
10406 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
10410 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, htab_t decl_table
)
10416 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10418 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
10420 dw_die_ref targ
= AT_ref (a
);
10421 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
= targ
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
10423 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
;
10425 if (targ
->die_mark
!= 0 || type_node
!= NULL
)
10428 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table
, targ
,
10429 htab_hash_pointer (targ
), INSERT
);
10431 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
10433 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
10434 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
10435 entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) *slot
;
10436 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= entry
->copy
;
10440 dw_die_ref parent
= unit
;
10441 dw_die_ref copy
= clone_tree (targ
);
10443 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
10447 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
10448 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
10449 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
10450 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
10451 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
10452 entry
->orig
= targ
;
10453 entry
->copy
= copy
;
10456 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
10457 into the new type unit. */
10458 if (targ
->die_parent
!= NULL
10459 && targ
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
10460 && targ
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
10461 parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, targ
->die_parent
,
10464 add_child_die (parent
, copy
);
10465 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= copy
;
10467 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
10468 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
10469 get visited otherwise. */
10470 if (parent
!= unit
)
10472 /* Find the highest point of the newly-added tree,
10473 mark each node along the way, and walk from there. */
10474 parent
->die_mark
= 1;
10475 while (parent
->die_parent
10476 && parent
->die_parent
->die_mark
== 0)
10478 parent
= parent
->die_parent
;
10479 parent
->die_mark
= 1;
10481 copy_decls_walk (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
10487 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, copy_decls_walk (unit
, c
, decl_table
));
10490 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
10491 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
10492 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
10493 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
10494 don't have an external reference. */
10497 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit
)
10502 decl_table
= htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash
, htab_decl_eq
, htab_decl_del
);
10503 copy_decls_walk (unit
, unit
, decl_table
);
10504 htab_delete (decl_table
);
10505 unmark_dies (unit
);
10508 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
10509 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
10510 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
10513 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
10517 if (! die
->die_child
)
10520 if (die
->die_parent
&& die
!= die
->die_parent
->die_child
)
10521 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
10523 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_sibling_attributes (c
));
10526 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
10529 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
10535 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10536 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
10537 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a
));
10539 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_location_lists (c
));
10542 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
10543 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
10544 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
10545 die are visited recursively. */
10548 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
10550 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
10551 unsigned int n_alloc
;
10556 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
10557 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
10558 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10559 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
10560 && AT_ref (a
)->die_mark
== 0)
10562 gcc_assert (dwarf_version
>= 4 || AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
10563 set_AT_ref_external (a
, 1);
10566 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
10568 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
10569 dw_attr_ref die_a
, abbrev_a
;
10573 if (abbrev
->die_tag
!= die
->die_tag
)
10575 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) != (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
10578 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
)
10579 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
))
10582 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, die_a
)
10584 abbrev_a
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
);
10585 if ((abbrev_a
->dw_attr
!= die_a
->dw_attr
)
10586 || (value_format (abbrev_a
) != value_format (die_a
)))
10596 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
10598 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
10600 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
10601 abbrev_die_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref
, abbrev_die_table
,
10604 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
10605 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
10606 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
10609 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
10610 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
10613 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
10614 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, build_abbrev_table (c
));
10617 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
10620 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
)
10627 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
10630 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
10635 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
10636 .debug_info section. */
10638 static unsigned long
10639 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
10641 unsigned long size
= 0;
10645 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
10646 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10648 switch (AT_class (a
))
10650 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10651 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10653 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10654 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10656 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10658 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
10660 /* Block length. */
10661 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10662 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (lsize
);
10664 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
10668 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
10669 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10671 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10672 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10674 case dw_val_class_const
:
10675 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
10677 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10678 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
10680 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10681 size
+= 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
10682 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
10683 size
++; /* block */
10685 case dw_val_class_vec
:
10686 size
+= constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
10687 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
10688 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
10689 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
; /* block */
10691 case dw_val_class_flag
:
10692 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10693 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10694 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10695 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10696 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10697 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10698 the same abbrev entry. */
10699 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
== 1);
10703 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
10704 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
10706 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions
10707 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
10708 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
10709 it's always sized as an offset. */
10710 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10711 size
+= DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
;
10712 else if (dwarf_version
== 2)
10713 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10715 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10718 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10720 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
10721 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10723 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10724 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10726 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
10727 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
10728 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10730 case dw_val_class_str
:
10731 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
10732 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10734 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
10736 case dw_val_class_file
:
10737 size
+= constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
));
10739 case dw_val_class_data8
:
10742 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
10743 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10746 gcc_unreachable ();
10753 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
10754 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
10755 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
10756 die_offset field in each DIE. */
10759 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
10763 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
10764 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
10766 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, calc_die_sizes (c
));
10768 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10769 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10770 next_die_offset
+= 1;
10773 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
10774 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10775 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
10776 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
10779 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10783 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
10786 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, mark_dies (c
));
10789 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
10792 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10796 if (dwarf_version
< 4)
10797 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
10800 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_dies (c
));
10803 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
10806 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10812 if (!die
->die_mark
)
10816 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_all_dies (c
));
10818 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10819 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
10820 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
10823 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10824 generated for the compilation unit. */
10826 static unsigned long
10827 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
10829 unsigned long size
;
10833 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
10834 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, p
)
10835 if (names
!= pubtype_table
10836 || p
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
10837 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
10838 size
+= strlen (p
->name
) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1;
10840 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10844 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
10846 static unsigned long
10847 size_of_aranges (void)
10849 unsigned long size
;
10851 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
10853 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
10854 if (text_section_used
)
10855 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10856 if (cold_text_section_used
)
10857 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10858 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
10860 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
10861 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10865 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
10867 static enum dwarf_form
10868 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
10870 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
10872 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10873 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
10874 switch (a
->dw_attr
)
10877 case DW_AT_high_pc
:
10878 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
10879 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
10880 return DW_FORM_addr
;
10884 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
10887 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10889 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10891 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10893 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10895 gcc_unreachable ();
10897 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10898 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
10899 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10900 return DW_FORM_sec_offset
;
10902 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
10903 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10904 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
10907 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10909 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10911 gcc_unreachable ();
10913 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10914 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10915 return DW_FORM_exprloc
;
10916 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
10919 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10921 return DW_FORM_block2
;
10923 gcc_unreachable ();
10925 case dw_val_class_const
:
10926 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
10927 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10928 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
10931 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10933 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10935 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10937 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10939 gcc_unreachable ();
10941 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10942 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
10945 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10947 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10949 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10952 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10954 case dw_val_class_vec
:
10955 switch (constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
10956 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
10959 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10961 return DW_FORM_block2
;
10963 return DW_FORM_block4
;
10965 gcc_unreachable ();
10967 case dw_val_class_flag
:
10968 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10970 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10971 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10972 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10973 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10974 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10975 the same abbrev entry. */
10976 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
== 1);
10977 return DW_FORM_flag_present
;
10979 return DW_FORM_flag
;
10980 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
10981 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
10982 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8
: DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
10984 return DW_FORM_ref
;
10985 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
10986 return DW_FORM_data
;
10987 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10988 return DW_FORM_addr
;
10989 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
10990 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
10991 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset
: DW_FORM_data
;
10992 case dw_val_class_str
:
10993 return AT_string_form (a
);
10994 case dw_val_class_file
:
10995 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
)))
10998 return DW_FORM_data1
;
11000 return DW_FORM_data2
;
11002 return DW_FORM_data4
;
11004 gcc_unreachable ();
11007 case dw_val_class_data8
:
11008 return DW_FORM_data8
;
11011 gcc_unreachable ();
11015 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
11018 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
11020 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
11022 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
11025 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
11029 output_abbrev_section (void)
11031 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
11033 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
11035 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
11037 dw_attr_ref a_attr
;
11039 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
11040 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
11041 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
11043 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
11044 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
11046 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
11048 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
, a_attr
);
11051 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
11052 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
11053 output_value_format (a_attr
);
11056 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
11057 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
11060 /* Terminate the table. */
11061 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
11064 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
11067 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
11069 char *sym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
11074 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
11075 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
11076 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
11078 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, sym
);
11080 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
11083 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
11086 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
11087 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
11088 const char *section
)
11090 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_loc_list_node ();
11092 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
11093 retlist
->end
= end
;
11094 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
11095 retlist
->section
= section
;
11100 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
11101 hasn't got one yet. */
11104 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
11106 gcc_assert (!list
->ll_symbol
);
11107 list
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
11110 /* Output the location list given to us. */
11113 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
11115 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
11117 if (list_head
->emitted
)
11119 list_head
->emitted
= true;
11121 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11123 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
11124 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
11126 unsigned long size
;
11127 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
11128 if (strcmp (curr
->begin
, curr
->end
) == 0)
11130 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11132 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
11133 "Location list begin address (%s)",
11134 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11135 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
11136 "Location list end address (%s)",
11137 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11141 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
11142 "Location list begin address (%s)",
11143 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11144 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
11145 "Location list end address (%s)",
11146 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11148 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
11150 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
11151 gcc_assert (size
<= 0xffff);
11152 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
11154 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
, -1);
11157 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
11158 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
11159 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11160 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
11161 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
11162 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11165 /* Output a type signature. */
11168 output_signature (const char *sig
, const char *name
)
11172 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
11173 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig
[i
], i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
11176 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
11177 the definitions of each child DIE. */
11180 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
11184 unsigned long size
;
11187 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
11188 them to point to. */
11189 if (dwarf_version
< 4 && die
->die_id
.die_symbol
)
11190 output_die_symbol (die
);
11192 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)",
11193 (unsigned long)die
->die_offset
,
11194 dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
11196 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
11198 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
11200 switch (AT_class (a
))
11202 case dw_val_class_addr
:
11203 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
11206 case dw_val_class_offset
:
11207 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
11211 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
11213 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
11215 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
11216 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
11217 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
11218 debug_ranges_section
, "%s", name
);
11223 case dw_val_class_loc
:
11224 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
11226 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
11227 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
11228 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "%s", name
);
11230 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
11232 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
), -1);
11235 case dw_val_class_const
:
11236 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
11237 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
11238 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
11239 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
11242 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
11243 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
11244 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
11247 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
11249 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
11251 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
11252 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
11253 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
11254 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
11257 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
11259 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
11260 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
11264 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
11265 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
11268 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
11270 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
11275 case dw_val_class_vec
:
11277 unsigned int elt_size
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
11278 unsigned int len
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
;
11282 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len
* elt_size
),
11283 len
* elt_size
, "%s", name
);
11284 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
11289 for (i
= 0, p
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
;
11291 i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
11292 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
11293 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
11297 case dw_val_class_flag
:
11298 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
11300 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
11301 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
11302 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
11303 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
11304 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
11305 the same abbrev entry. */
11306 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a
) == 1);
11307 if (flag_debug_asm
)
11308 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
11309 ASM_COMMENT_START
, name
);
11312 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
11315 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
11317 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
11320 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, debug_loc_section
,
11325 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
11326 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
11328 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
11330 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
=
11331 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
;
11333 gcc_assert (type_node
);
11334 output_signature (type_node
->signature
, name
);
11338 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
;
11342 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
11343 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
11345 if (dwarf_version
== 2)
11346 size
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
11348 size
= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
11349 dw2_asm_output_offset (size
, sym
, debug_info_section
, "%s",
11355 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
11356 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
11361 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
11365 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
11366 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
11367 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, debug_frame_section
,
11372 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
11373 dw2_asm_output_vms_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
11374 AT_vms_delta2 (a
), AT_vms_delta1 (a
),
11378 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
11379 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
11382 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
11383 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
11384 debug_line_section
, "%s", name
);
11387 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
11388 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
11389 debug_macinfo_section
, "%s", name
);
11392 case dw_val_class_str
:
11393 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
11394 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
11395 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
11397 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
11399 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
11402 case dw_val_class_file
:
11404 int f
= maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
);
11406 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f
), f
, "%s (%s)", name
,
11407 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
);
11411 case dw_val_class_data8
:
11415 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
11416 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
],
11417 i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
11422 gcc_unreachable ();
11426 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_die (c
));
11428 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
11429 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
11430 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE %#lx",
11431 (unsigned long) die
->die_offset
);
11434 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
11435 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
11438 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
11440 int ver
= dwarf_version
;
11442 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11443 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11444 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11445 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
11446 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
11447 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
11448 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF version number");
11449 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
11450 debug_abbrev_section
,
11451 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
11452 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11455 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
11458 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
11460 const char *secname
;
11461 char *oldsym
, *tmp
;
11463 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
11464 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
11467 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
11468 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
11469 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
11470 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
11471 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
11474 build_abbrev_table (die
);
11476 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11477 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
11478 calc_die_sizes (die
);
11480 oldsym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
11483 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
11485 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
11487 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= NULL
;
11488 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
11492 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
11493 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
11494 info_section_emitted
= true;
11497 /* Output debugging information. */
11498 output_compilation_unit_header ();
11501 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
11502 output_pubnames. */
11506 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= oldsym
;
11510 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
11513 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*node
)
11515 const char *secname
;
11518 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11522 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
11523 mark_dies (node
->root_die
);
11525 build_abbrev_table (node
->root_die
);
11527 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11528 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
11529 calc_die_sizes (node
->root_die
);
11531 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11532 secname
= ".debug_types";
11533 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
11534 sprintf (tmp
, "wt.");
11535 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
11536 sprintf (tmp
+ 3 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
11537 comdat_key
= get_identifier (tmp
);
11538 targetm
.asm_out
.named_section (secname
,
11539 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_LINKONCE
,
11542 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
11543 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
11544 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
11545 sprintf (tmp
+ 17 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
11547 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
11550 /* Output debugging information. */
11551 output_compilation_unit_header ();
11552 output_signature (node
->signature
, "Type Signature");
11553 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, node
->type_die
->die_offset
,
11554 "Offset to Type DIE");
11555 output_die (node
->root_die
);
11557 unmark_dies (node
->root_die
);
11560 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
11562 static const char *
11563 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
11565 if (DECL_NAMELESS (decl
))
11567 return lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
11570 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
11573 add_pubname_string (const char *str
, dw_die_ref die
)
11575 if (targetm
.want_debug_pub_sections
)
11580 e
.name
= xstrdup (str
);
11581 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubname_table
, &e
);
11586 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
11588 if (targetm
.want_debug_pub_sections
&& TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11590 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
11592 add_pubname_string (name
, die
);
11596 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
11599 add_pubtype (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
11603 if (!targetm
.want_debug_pub_sections
)
11607 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
11608 || is_cu_die (die
->die_parent
))
11609 && (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
|| COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl
)))
11614 if (TYPE_NAME (decl
))
11616 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
11617 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl
));
11618 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == TYPE_DECL
11619 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)))
11620 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)));
11622 e
.name
= xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
));
11627 e
.name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
11629 e
.name
= xstrdup (e
.name
);
11632 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
11633 it to the table. */
11634 if (e
.name
&& e
.name
[0] != '\0')
11635 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubtype_table
, &e
);
11639 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
11640 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
11643 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
11646 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames (names
);
11649 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11650 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11651 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11652 if (names
== pubname_table
)
11653 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
11654 "Length of Public Names Info");
11656 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
11657 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
11658 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
11659 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
11660 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
11661 debug_info_section
,
11662 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11663 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
11664 "Compilation Unit Length");
11666 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, pub
)
11668 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11669 if (names
== pubname_table
)
11670 gcc_assert (pub
->die
->die_mark
);
11672 if (names
!= pubtype_table
11673 || pub
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
11674 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
11676 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
11679 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
11683 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11686 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
11689 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
11691 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
11694 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
11696 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11697 arange_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref
, arange_table
,
11698 arange_table_allocated
);
11699 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
11700 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
11703 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
11706 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
11707 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
11708 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
11711 output_aranges (void)
11714 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
11716 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11717 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11718 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11719 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
11720 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
11721 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
11722 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
11723 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
11724 debug_info_section
,
11725 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11726 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
11727 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
11729 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
11730 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
11732 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
11734 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
11735 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11736 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
11737 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
11740 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
11741 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
11742 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
11743 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
11744 confused with the terminator. */
11745 if (text_section_used
)
11747 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
11748 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
11749 text_section_label
, "Length");
11751 if (cold_text_section_used
)
11753 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_text_section_label
,
11755 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_end_label
,
11756 cold_text_section_label
, "Length");
11759 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
11761 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
11763 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11764 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
11766 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
11768 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
11770 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
11771 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
11775 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
11776 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
11777 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
11778 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
11779 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
11781 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
11784 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
);
11786 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11787 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
11788 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11789 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
11794 /* Output the terminator words. */
11795 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11796 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11799 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
11802 static unsigned int
11803 add_ranges_num (int num
)
11805 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
11807 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
11809 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11810 ranges_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct
, ranges_table
,
11811 ranges_table_allocated
);
11812 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
11813 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
11816 ranges_table
[in_use
].num
= num
;
11817 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
11819 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
11822 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11823 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
11825 static unsigned int
11826 add_ranges (const_tree block
)
11828 return add_ranges_num (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
11831 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11835 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
11838 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_by_label_in_use
;
11839 unsigned int offset
;
11841 if (in_use
== ranges_by_label_allocated
)
11843 ranges_by_label_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11844 ranges_by_label
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
,
11846 ranges_by_label_allocated
);
11847 memset (ranges_by_label
+ ranges_by_label_in_use
, 0,
11848 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11849 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
));
11852 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].begin
= begin
;
11853 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].end
= end
;
11854 ranges_by_label_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
11856 offset
= add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use
- 1);
11859 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, offset
);
11865 output_ranges (void)
11868 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset %#x";
11869 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
11871 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
11873 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].num
;
11877 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11878 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11880 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
11881 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
11883 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11884 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11885 base of the text section. */
11886 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11888 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11889 text_section_label
,
11890 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11891 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
11892 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11895 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11896 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11897 about whether the target supports cross-section
11901 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11902 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11903 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
11909 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11910 else if (block_num
< 0)
11912 int lab_idx
= - block_num
- 1;
11914 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11916 gcc_unreachable ();
11918 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11919 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11920 the #if 0 above. */
11921 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11922 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
11923 text_section_label
,
11924 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11925 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11926 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
11927 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11932 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11933 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
11934 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11935 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11936 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
11942 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11943 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11949 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11952 const char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
11953 const char *fname
; /* File name part. */
11954 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
11955 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
11956 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
11959 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11963 const char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
11964 int length
; /* Path length. */
11965 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11966 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11967 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11970 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11971 the directories in the path. */
11974 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
11976 const struct file_info
*const s1
= (const struct file_info
*) p1
;
11977 const struct file_info
*const s2
= (const struct file_info
*) p2
;
11978 const unsigned char *cp1
;
11979 const unsigned char *cp2
;
11981 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
11982 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11983 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11984 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11985 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
11986 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
11987 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
11989 cp1
= (const unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
11990 cp2
= (const unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
11996 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
11997 if ((cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
11998 || (cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
11999 return ((cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
12000 - (cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
12002 /* Character of current path component the same? */
12003 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
12004 return *cp1
- *cp2
;
12008 struct file_name_acquire_data
12010 struct file_info
*files
;
12015 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
12018 file_name_acquire (void ** slot
, void *data
)
12020 struct file_name_acquire_data
*fnad
= (struct file_name_acquire_data
*) data
;
12021 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
12022 struct file_info
*fi
;
12025 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
>= d
->emitted_number
);
12027 if (! d
->emitted_number
)
12030 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
!= fnad
->used_files
);
12032 fi
= fnad
->files
+ fnad
->used_files
++;
12034 /* Skip all leading "./". */
12036 while (f
[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f
[1]))
12039 /* Create a new array entry. */
12041 fi
->length
= strlen (f
);
12044 /* Search for the file name part. */
12045 f
= strrchr (f
, DIR_SEPARATOR
);
12046 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
12048 char *g
= strrchr (fi
->path
, DIR_SEPARATOR_2
);
12052 if (f
== NULL
|| f
< g
)
12058 fi
->fname
= f
== NULL
? fi
->path
: f
+ 1;
12062 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
12063 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
12064 slowdowns with many input files. */
12067 output_file_names (void)
12069 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad
;
12071 struct file_info
*files
;
12072 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
12080 if (!last_emitted_file
)
12082 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
12083 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
12087 numfiles
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
;
12089 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
12090 files
= XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info
, numfiles
);
12091 dirs
= XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info
, numfiles
);
12093 fnad
.files
= files
;
12094 fnad
.used_files
= 0;
12095 fnad
.max_files
= numfiles
;
12096 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_name_acquire
, &fnad
);
12097 gcc_assert (fnad
.used_files
== fnad
.max_files
);
12099 qsort (files
, numfiles
, sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
12101 /* Find all the different directories used. */
12102 dirs
[0].path
= files
[0].path
;
12103 dirs
[0].length
= files
[0].fname
- files
[0].path
;
12104 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
12106 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
12107 files
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
12110 for (i
= 1; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12111 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
12112 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
12113 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
12115 /* Same directory as last entry. */
12116 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
12117 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
12123 /* This is a new directory. */
12124 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
12125 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
12126 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
12127 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
12128 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
12130 /* Search for a prefix. */
12131 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
12132 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
12133 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
12134 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
12135 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
12136 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
12137 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
12138 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
12143 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
12144 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
12145 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
12146 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
12147 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
12148 results in most cases and never is much off. */
12149 saved
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
12150 savehere
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
12152 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
12153 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
12158 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
12159 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
12160 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
12161 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
12163 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
12166 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
12168 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
12172 k
= dirs
[j
].prefix
;
12173 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
12174 k
= dirs
[k
].prefix
;
12178 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
12179 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
12181 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
12182 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
12187 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
12189 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
12191 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
12192 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
12193 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
12195 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
12196 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
12198 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
12199 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
12204 /* Emit the directory name table. */
12205 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
12206 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
12207 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
,
12209 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
,
12210 "Directory Entry: %#x", i
+ idx_offset
);
12212 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
12214 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
12215 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
12216 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
12217 backmap
= XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles
);
12218 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12219 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
->emitted_number
- 1] = i
;
12221 /* Now write all the file names. */
12222 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12224 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
12225 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
12227 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12228 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
12230 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
12231 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
12236 int maxfilelen
= strlen (files
[file_idx
].path
)
12237 + dirs
[dir_idx
].length
12238 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN
+ 1;
12239 char *filebuf
= XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen
);
12241 vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, 0, 0, &ver
);
12242 snprintf (filebuf
, maxfilelen
, "%s;%d",
12243 files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, ver
);
12245 dw2_asm_output_nstring
12246 (filebuf
, -1, "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
12248 /* Include directory index. */
12249 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
12251 /* Modification time. */
12252 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
12253 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, &cdt
, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
12257 /* File length in bytes. */
12258 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
12259 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, &siz
, 0, 0) == 0)
12263 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
12264 "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
12266 /* Include directory index. */
12267 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
12269 /* Modification time. */
12270 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
12272 /* File length in bytes. */
12273 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
12274 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12277 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
12281 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
12282 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
12285 output_line_info (void)
12287 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
12288 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12289 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12291 unsigned n_op_args
;
12292 unsigned long lt_index
;
12293 unsigned long current_line
;
12296 unsigned long current_file
;
12297 unsigned long function
;
12298 int ver
= dwarf_version
;
12300 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
12301 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
12302 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
12303 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
12305 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
12306 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
12307 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
12308 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
12309 "Length of Source Line Info");
12310 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
12312 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF Version");
12313 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
12314 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
12316 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
12317 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
12318 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
12319 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
12320 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
12321 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
12322 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
12323 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
12324 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
12325 "Minimum Instruction Length");
12328 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
,
12329 "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
12330 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
12331 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
12332 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
12333 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
12334 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
12335 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
12336 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
12337 "Special Opcode Base");
12339 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
12343 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
12344 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
12345 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
12346 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
12347 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
12355 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
12359 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
12360 output_file_names ();
12361 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
12363 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
12364 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
12365 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
12367 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
12368 a series of state machine operations. */
12372 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
12373 strcpy (prev_line_label
, crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
);
12375 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
12376 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
12378 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
12381 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
12382 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
12385 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
12386 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
12387 that anything after the last address is this line. */
12388 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
12389 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
12393 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
12395 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
12396 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
12397 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
12398 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
12399 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
12400 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
12402 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
12405 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
12406 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
12407 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12408 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
12412 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
12413 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
12414 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12415 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12416 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12417 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
12420 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
12422 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
12423 different from the previous line. */
12424 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
12426 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
12427 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
12428 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
12431 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
12432 that uses the least amount of space. */
12433 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
12435 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
12436 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
12437 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
12438 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
12439 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
12440 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
12442 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
12443 "line %lu", current_line
);
12446 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
12447 depending on the value being encoded. */
12448 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
12449 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
12450 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
12451 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
12455 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
12456 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
12459 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
12462 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
12463 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12464 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
12468 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12469 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12470 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12471 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
12474 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
12475 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
12476 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
12481 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
12483 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
12484 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
12487 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
12488 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
12489 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
12490 && line_info
->function
== function
)
12494 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
12495 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
12496 to handle it differently. */
12497 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12499 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
12501 function
= line_info
->function
;
12503 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
12504 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12505 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12506 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12507 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
12511 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
12514 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
12515 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12516 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
12520 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12521 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12522 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12523 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
12527 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
12529 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
12530 different from the previous line. */
12531 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
12533 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
12534 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
12535 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
12538 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
12539 that uses the least amount of space. */
12540 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
12542 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
12543 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
12544 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
12545 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
12546 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
12547 "line %lu", current_line
);
12550 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
12551 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
12552 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
12553 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
12557 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
12565 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
12566 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
12567 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
12572 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
12573 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
12576 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
12577 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12578 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
12582 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12583 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12584 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12585 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
12588 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
12589 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
12590 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
12591 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
12595 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
12596 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
12599 /* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */
12601 static unsigned long
12602 size_of_dcall_table (void)
12604 unsigned long size
;
12607 tree last_poc_decl
= NULL
;
12609 /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */
12610 size
= 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1;
12612 /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */
12613 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, p
)
12615 gcc_assert (p
->targ_die
!= NULL
);
12616 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
12617 if (p
->poc_decl
!= last_poc_decl
)
12619 dw_die_ref poc_die
= lookup_decl_die (p
->poc_decl
);
12620 gcc_assert (poc_die
);
12621 last_poc_decl
= p
->poc_decl
;
12623 size
+= (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
12624 + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die
->die_offset
));
12626 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ size_of_uleb128 (p
->targ_die
->die_offset
);
12632 /* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when
12633 identical function have been merged. */
12636 output_dcall_table (void)
12639 unsigned long dcall_length
= size_of_dcall_table ();
12641 char poc_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12642 tree last_poc_decl
= NULL
;
12644 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
12645 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
12646 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
12647 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, dcall_length
,
12648 "Length of Direct Call Table");
12649 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
12650 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
12651 debug_info_section
,
12652 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
12653 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
12655 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, p
)
12657 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
12658 if (p
->poc_decl
!= last_poc_decl
)
12660 dw_die_ref poc_die
= lookup_decl_die (p
->poc_decl
);
12661 last_poc_decl
= p
->poc_decl
;
12664 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, "New caller");
12665 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die
->die_offset
,
12666 "Caller DIE offset");
12669 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label
, "LPOC", p
->poc_label_num
);
12670 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, poc_label
, "Point of call");
12671 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p
->targ_die
->die_offset
,
12672 "Callee DIE offset");
12676 /* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */
12678 static unsigned long
12679 size_of_vcall_table (void)
12681 unsigned long size
;
12685 /* Header: version + pointer size. */
12688 /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */
12689 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
, i
, p
)
12690 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ size_of_uleb128 (p
->vtable_slot
);
12695 /* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when
12696 identical function have been merged. */
12699 output_vcall_table (void)
12702 unsigned long vcall_length
= size_of_vcall_table ();
12704 char poc_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12706 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
12707 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
12708 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
12709 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, vcall_length
,
12710 "Length of Virtual Call Table");
12711 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
12712 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
12714 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
, i
, p
)
12716 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label
, "LPOC", p
->poc_label_num
);
12717 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, poc_label
, "Point of call");
12718 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p
->vtable_slot
, "Vtable slot");
12722 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
12723 a DIE that describes the given type.
12725 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
12726 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
12729 base_type_die (tree type
)
12731 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
12732 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
12734 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
12737 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
12738 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
12739 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
&& TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
12740 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12742 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12745 if ((dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
12746 && TYPE_NAME (type
)
12747 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
12748 && DECL_IS_BUILTIN (TYPE_NAME (type
))
12749 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
12751 const char *name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
12752 if (strcmp (name
, "char16_t") == 0
12753 || strcmp (name
, "char32_t") == 0)
12755 encoding
= DW_ATE_UTF
;
12759 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
))
12761 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12762 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
12764 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
12766 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12767 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
12769 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
12773 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
12775 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
12776 encoding
= DW_ATE_decimal_float
;
12778 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12781 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
12784 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
12785 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
12786 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12787 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12788 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed
;
12790 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_fixed
;
12793 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
12794 a user defined type for it. */
12796 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
12797 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
12799 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12803 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
12804 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
12808 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
12809 gcc_unreachable ();
12812 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
12814 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12815 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
12816 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
12818 return base_type_result
;
12821 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12822 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12825 is_base_type (tree type
)
12827 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12833 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
12841 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12842 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12843 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
12846 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
12854 gcc_unreachable ();
12860 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12861 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12862 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12863 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12864 ERROR_MARK node. */
12866 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12867 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
12869 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
12870 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
12871 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
12873 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
12874 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
12876 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
12879 /* Similarly, but return a double_int instead of UHWI. */
12881 static inline double_int
12882 double_int_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
12884 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
12885 return uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_WORD
);
12886 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
12887 return double_int_zero
;
12888 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type
)) == INTEGER_CST
)
12889 return tree_to_double_int (TYPE_SIZE (type
));
12891 return uhwi_to_double_int (TYPE_ALIGN (type
));
12894 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12895 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12898 subrange_type_die (tree type
, tree low
, tree high
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12900 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
12901 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
12903 if (context_die
== NULL
)
12904 context_die
= comp_unit_die ();
12906 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
12908 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != size_in_bytes
)
12910 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12911 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12912 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
12916 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, low
);
12918 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, high
);
12920 return subrange_die
;
12923 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12924 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12927 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
12928 dw_die_ref context_die
)
12930 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
12931 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
;
12932 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
12933 tree item_type
= NULL
;
12934 tree qualified_type
;
12935 tree name
, low
, high
;
12937 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
)
12940 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12943 = get_qualified_type (type
,
12944 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
12945 | (is_volatile_type
? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
12947 if (qualified_type
== sizetype
12948 && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
12949 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
)
12951 tree t
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
));
12953 gcc_checking_assert (TREE_CODE (t
) == INTEGER_TYPE
12954 && TYPE_PRECISION (t
)
12955 == TYPE_PRECISION (qualified_type
)
12956 && TYPE_UNSIGNED (t
)
12957 == TYPE_UNSIGNED (qualified_type
));
12958 qualified_type
= t
;
12961 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12962 if (qualified_type
)
12964 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
12966 return mod_type_die
;
12969 name
= qualified_type
? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
) : NULL
;
12971 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12972 if (name
&& TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
&& DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
)
12973 && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name
))
12975 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (name
);
12977 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
12979 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12980 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
12981 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
12983 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
12984 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
12985 || (is_const_type
<= TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
12986 && is_volatile_type
<= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
12987 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
) != type
))
12988 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
12989 type to which it refers. */
12990 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
),
12991 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
12993 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
12997 /* If both is_const_type and is_volatile_type, prefer the path
12998 which leads to a qualified type. */
12999 && (!is_volatile_type
13000 || get_qualified_type (type
, TYPE_QUAL_CONST
) == NULL_TREE
13001 || get_qualified_type (type
, TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
) != NULL_TREE
))
13003 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
13004 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
13006 else if (is_volatile_type
)
13008 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
13009 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, is_const_type
, 0, context_die
);
13011 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
13013 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
13014 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
13015 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
13016 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
13017 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
)))
13018 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
,
13019 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
));
13021 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
13023 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type
) && dwarf_version
>= 4)
13024 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
, comp_unit_die (),
13027 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
13028 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
13029 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
13030 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
13031 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
)))
13032 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
,
13033 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
));
13035 else if (code
== INTEGER_TYPE
13036 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
13037 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type
, &low
, &high
))
13039 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, low
, high
, context_die
);
13040 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
13042 else if (is_base_type (type
))
13043 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
13046 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
13048 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
13049 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
13050 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
13051 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
13052 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
13054 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
13055 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
13057 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
13058 not the main variant. */
13059 return lookup_type_die (type
);
13062 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
13063 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
13064 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
13065 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
13066 if the base type already has the same name. */
13068 && ((TREE_CODE (name
) != TYPE_DECL
13069 && (qualified_type
== TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
)
13070 || (!is_const_type
&& !is_volatile_type
)))
13071 || (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
13072 && TREE_TYPE (name
) == qualified_type
13073 && DECL_NAME (name
))))
13075 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
13076 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
13077 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
13078 useful source coordinates anyway. */
13079 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
13080 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
13082 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
13083 else if (mod_type_die
&& mod_type_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
13084 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, "__unknown__");
13086 if (qualified_type
)
13087 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type
, mod_type_die
);
13090 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
13091 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
13092 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
13093 types are possible in Ada. */
13094 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
13095 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
13096 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
13099 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
13100 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
13102 return mod_type_die
;
13105 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
13106 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
13107 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
13110 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t
)
13114 dw_die_ref die
= NULL
;
13116 if (!t
|| (TYPE_P (t
) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t
)))
13120 die
= lookup_type_die (t
);
13121 else if (DECL_P (t
))
13122 die
= lookup_decl_die (t
);
13126 parms
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_parms (t
);
13128 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
13129 or function. End of story. */
13132 parms_num
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms
);
13133 args
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_args (t
);
13134 for (i
= 0; i
< parms_num
; i
++)
13136 tree parm
, arg
, arg_pack_elems
;
13138 parm
= TREE_VEC_ELT (parms
, i
);
13139 arg
= TREE_VEC_ELT (args
, i
);
13140 arg_pack_elems
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_argument_pack_elems (arg
);
13141 gcc_assert (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
);
13143 if (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
)
13145 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
13146 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
13147 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
13148 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
13149 an argument pack. */
13150 if (arg_pack_elems
)
13151 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
),
13155 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
), arg
,
13156 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die
);
13161 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
13162 the representation of a generic type parameter.
13163 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
13164 ARG is the argument to PARM.
13165 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
13167 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
13168 as a child node. */
13171 generic_parameter_die (tree parm
, tree arg
,
13173 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
13175 dw_die_ref tmpl_die
= NULL
;
13176 const char *name
= NULL
;
13178 if (!parm
|| !DECL_NAME (parm
) || !arg
)
13181 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
13182 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
13183 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
13185 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
13186 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
13187 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
13188 else if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == TYPE_DECL
)
13189 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
13190 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
13191 else if (lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
13192 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
13193 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
13194 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
13195 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
13196 name of the template template argument. */
13197 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
,
13200 gcc_unreachable ();
13206 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
13207 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
13208 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
13209 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
13213 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
));
13215 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_name
, name
);
13218 if (!lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
13220 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
13221 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
13222 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
13223 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
13224 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
13225 tmpl_type
= TYPE_P (arg
) ? arg
: TREE_TYPE (arg
);
13226 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die
, tmpl_type
, 0,
13227 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type
),
13232 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
13233 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
13234 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
13236 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
13237 to the name of the argument. */
13238 name
= dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg
) ? TYPE_NAME (arg
) : arg
, 1);
13240 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_GNU_template_name
, name
);
13243 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
13244 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
13245 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
13246 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
13248 We must be careful here:
13249 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
13250 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
13251 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
13252 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
13253 emitted after cgraph computations.
13254 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
13255 after cgraph is ready. */
13256 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die
, arg
);
13262 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
13263 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
13264 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
13267 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
13268 tree parm_pack_args
,
13269 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
13274 gcc_assert (parent_die
&& parm_pack
);
13276 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
, parent_die
, parm_pack
);
13277 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die
, parm_pack
);
13278 for (j
= 0; j
< TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args
); j
++)
13279 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack
,
13280 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args
, j
),
13281 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
13286 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
13287 an enumerated type. */
13290 type_is_enum (const_tree type
)
13292 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
13295 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
13297 static unsigned int
13298 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl
)
13300 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
13302 gcc_assert (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
13304 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
13305 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
13307 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
13308 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
13309 regno
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
13313 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
13316 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
13317 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
13318 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
13321 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, int size
)
13323 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
13325 if (*list_head
!= NULL
)
13327 /* Find the end of the chain. */
13328 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
13331 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_piece
)
13332 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0);
13336 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
13337 zero if there is none. */
13339 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13340 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13344 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
13347 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
13348 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
13349 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
13350 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's.
13351 Use DW_OP_fbreg offset DW_OP_stack_value in this case. */
13352 if ((rtl
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| rtl
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
13353 && eliminate_regs (rtl
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
) != rtl
)
13355 dw_loc_descr_ref result
= NULL
;
13357 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
13359 result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
, initialized
);
13361 add_loc_descr (&result
,
13362 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13367 regs
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (rtl
);
13369 if (hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)] > 1 || regs
)
13370 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
, initialized
);
13372 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl
), initialized
);
13375 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
13376 a given hard register number. */
13378 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13379 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13381 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr
;
13385 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
), 0, 0);
13387 reg_loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
13389 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13390 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13392 return reg_loc_descr
;
13395 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
13396 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
13398 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13399 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
,
13400 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13402 int nregs
, size
, i
;
13404 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
13407 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
13408 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
13410 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg
);
13411 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
13412 reg
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
13415 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
) == dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
13416 nregs
= hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)];
13418 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
13419 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
13421 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
13426 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
13428 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
),
13429 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13430 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
13431 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
13437 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
13439 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs
) == PARALLEL
);
13441 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
13444 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
13446 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
13448 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)),
13449 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13450 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
13451 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
13452 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
13455 if (loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13456 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13460 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
13462 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13463 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
13465 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
13467 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
13468 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
13472 op
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_lit0
+ i
);
13473 else if (i
<= 0xff)
13474 op
= DW_OP_const1u
;
13475 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
13476 op
= DW_OP_const2u
;
13477 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
13478 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
13479 op
= DW_OP_const4u
;
13486 op
= DW_OP_const1s
;
13487 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
13488 op
= DW_OP_const2s
;
13489 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
13490 || i
>= -0x80000000)
13491 op
= DW_OP_const4s
;
13496 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
13499 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
13500 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
13502 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13503 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size
, HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
13506 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
13508 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13515 else if (i
<= 0xff)
13517 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
13519 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
13520 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
13523 litsize
= 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
);
13529 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
13531 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
13532 || i
>= -0x80000000)
13535 litsize
= 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i
);
13537 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
13538 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
13539 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
13540 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
13541 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
13542 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
>= size
&& litsize
+ 1 <= 1 + 1 + size
)
13544 loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (i
);
13545 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
13546 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13550 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
13552 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
13553 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
= i
;
13557 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
13559 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13560 based_loc_descr (rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
,
13561 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13563 unsigned int regno
;
13564 dw_loc_descr_ref result
;
13565 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
13567 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
13568 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
13569 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
13570 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
13571 if (reg
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
13573 rtx elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
13577 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
13579 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
13580 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
13582 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
13583 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
13584 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
13585 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
13586 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
13587 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
13589 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
13590 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
13591 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
13592 access stack variables. */
13593 if (crtl
->stack_realign_tried
13594 && reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
13597 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
13598 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
13599 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
13600 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg
, offset
);
13603 offset
+= frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
13604 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
13609 && (fde
->drap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)
13610 || fde
->vdrap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)))
13612 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
13613 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
13614 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
13615 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
13616 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
13617 else in other part of the routine. */
13618 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
13621 regno
= dbx_reg_number (reg
);
13623 result
= new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ regno
),
13626 result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, regno
, offset
);
13628 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13629 add_loc_descr (&result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13634 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
13637 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl
)
13639 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
13640 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13641 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
13642 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))));
13645 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
13648 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13649 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem
)
13652 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
13654 if (MEM_EXPR (mem
) == NULL_TREE
|| MEM_OFFSET (mem
) == NULL_RTX
)
13657 base
= get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem
));
13659 || TREE_CODE (base
) != VAR_DECL
13660 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base
))
13663 loc_result
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem
), 1);
13664 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13667 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)))
13668 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result
, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)));
13673 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
13677 expansion_failed (tree expr
, rtx rtl
, char const *reason
)
13679 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
13681 fprintf (dump_file
, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
13683 print_generic_expr (dump_file
, expr
, dump_flags
);
13686 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n");
13687 print_rtl (dump_file
, rtl
);
13689 fprintf (dump_file
, "\nReason: %s\n", reason
);
13693 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
13694 or via for_each_rtx. */
13697 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx
*rtlp
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13701 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UNSPEC
)
13703 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
13704 we can't express it in the debug info. */
13705 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13706 /* Don't complain about TLS UNSPECs, those are just too hard to
13708 if (XVECLEN (rtl
, 0) != 1
13709 || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
13710 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0)) == NULL
13711 || TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0))) != VAR_DECL
13712 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0))))
13713 inform (current_function_decl
13714 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl
)
13715 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION
,
13716 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
13719 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13720 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
13724 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
13727 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
13730 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
13731 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
13732 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
13735 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13736 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
13741 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
13744 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
13745 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
13746 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
13747 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
13748 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
13749 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl
))
13751 tree decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
13753 if (decl
== NULL
|| !targetm
.binds_local_p (decl
))
13755 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13756 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
13764 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
13765 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
13766 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
13769 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl
)
13771 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
13772 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl
, NULL
) == 0;
13774 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
)
13775 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl
, 0), const_ok_for_output_1
, NULL
) == 0;
13780 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
13781 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
13782 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
13783 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
13785 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
13786 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
13787 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
13788 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
13790 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
13791 autoincrement addressing modes.
13793 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
13794 location list for RTL.
13796 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
13798 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13799 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
13800 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13802 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
13803 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
13804 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
;
13806 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
13807 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
13808 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
13809 zeroth element of the array. */
13811 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
13813 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
13818 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
13821 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13822 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13823 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13824 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13825 contains the given subreg. */
13826 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl
))
13828 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
13829 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13831 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl
)) != MODE_INT
)
13833 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
13837 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
13838 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
13839 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
13840 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
13841 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
13842 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
13843 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
13844 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
13845 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
13846 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
13847 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
13848 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
13849 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
13850 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
13851 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (rtl
, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13852 else if (stack_realign_drap
13854 && crtl
->args
.internal_arg_pointer
== rtl
13855 && REGNO (crtl
->drap_reg
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
13857 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
13858 out, use DRAP instead. */
13859 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (crtl
->drap_reg
, 0,
13860 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13866 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13867 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13872 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13873 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
13874 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
13875 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTEND
)
13879 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13880 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13881 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13882 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13883 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13888 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
13889 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13890 if (mem_loc_result
== NULL
)
13891 mem_loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
13892 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
13894 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13896 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
, "DWARF address size mismatch");
13899 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13900 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
13902 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13903 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
,
13904 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)), 0));
13908 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
13909 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
13910 return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
13915 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13917 /* ... fall through ... */
13920 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
13921 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13925 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
13926 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
13928 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
13930 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
13931 if (!targetm
.have_tls
|| !targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
13934 /* We used to emit DW_OP_addr here, but that's wrong, since
13935 DW_OP_addr should be relocated by the debug info consumer,
13936 while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address operand should not. */
13937 temp
= new_loc_descr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 4
13938 ? DW_OP_const4u
: DW_OP_const8u
, 0, 0);
13939 temp
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13940 temp
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13941 temp
->dtprel
= true;
13943 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
13944 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, temp
);
13949 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
13953 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
13954 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13955 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13956 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
13962 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
:
13963 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13964 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13968 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13969 PLUS code below. */
13970 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13975 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13977 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
13978 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
13979 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
13980 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
13982 /* ... fall through ... */
13986 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
13987 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
13988 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)),
13989 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13992 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13993 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13994 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
13997 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13998 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result
, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
14001 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
14002 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
14003 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14004 if (mem_loc_result2
== 0)
14006 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, mem_loc_result2
);
14007 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
14008 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
14013 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
14014 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
14056 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
14057 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14058 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
14059 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14061 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
14064 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
14065 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
14066 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14070 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
14071 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14072 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
14073 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14075 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
14078 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
14079 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
14080 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14081 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14082 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
14083 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
14084 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
14100 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
14101 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14106 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
14107 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14111 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
14139 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14140 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14144 enum machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
14146 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
14147 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
14148 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
)
14151 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
14152 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14153 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
14154 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14156 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
14159 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
14160 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14162 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
);
14163 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14164 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
14165 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
14166 if (op
== DW_OP_eq
|| op
== DW_OP_ne
)
14168 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
14170 last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
14171 last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
14174 last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
14175 last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
14177 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
14178 whether they are zero extended or not. */
14179 if (((last0
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
14180 && last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
14181 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14182 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
14183 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
14184 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
14185 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
))))
14186 && ((last1
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
14187 && last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
14188 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14189 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14190 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)
14191 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14192 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14193 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
)))))
14196 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14197 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14198 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14199 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) << shift
);
14202 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14203 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14209 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
14210 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
14211 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14212 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
!= 1)
14214 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
14215 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
));
14216 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
14237 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14238 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14242 enum machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
14244 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
14245 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
14246 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
)
14249 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
14250 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14251 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
14252 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14254 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
14257 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
14258 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14260 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
);
14261 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
14263 last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
14264 last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
14267 last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
14268 last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
14270 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
14271 op0
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) & mask
);
14272 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
14273 else if (last0
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
14274 || last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
14275 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14277 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14278 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14280 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14281 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) & mask
);
14282 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
14283 else if (last1
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
14284 || last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
14285 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14287 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14288 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14293 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
14294 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
14295 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
14296 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14297 op1
= int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) bias
14298 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
14300 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
14310 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) != MODE_INT
14311 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14312 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14315 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
14316 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14317 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
14318 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14320 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
14323 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
14324 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14325 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14326 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMAX
)
14328 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14330 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
14331 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14332 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14333 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14334 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14338 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
14339 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
14340 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
14341 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
14344 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14346 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14347 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
14348 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14349 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14350 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14351 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14352 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14355 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
)
14359 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
14360 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
14361 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14363 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, drop_node
;
14365 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14366 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, bra_node
);
14367 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14368 drop_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
14369 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, drop_node
);
14370 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14371 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= drop_node
;
14377 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14378 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
14379 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14380 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
14381 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)))
14382 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14383 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14386 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
14387 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14390 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTRACT
)
14394 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
14395 size
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
14396 shift
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2));
14397 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
14398 shift
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
14400 if (shift
+ size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14402 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
14403 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14405 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14407 if (size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14409 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
14410 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- size
));
14411 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14418 dw_loc_descr_ref op2
, bra_node
, drop_node
;
14419 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
14420 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14421 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
14422 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14423 op2
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 2), mode
,
14424 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14425 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
|| op2
== NULL
)
14428 mem_loc_result
= op1
;
14429 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op2
);
14430 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op0
);
14431 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14432 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, bra_node
);
14433 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14434 drop_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
14435 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, drop_node
);
14436 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14437 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= drop_node
;
14445 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
14446 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
14473 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE
:
14475 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT
:
14478 case FRACT_CONVERT
:
14479 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT
:
14481 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT
:
14493 case VEC_DUPLICATE
:
14496 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
14497 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
14502 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
, NULL
);
14506 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14507 print_rtl (stderr
, rtl
);
14508 gcc_unreachable ();
14514 if (mem_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
14515 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
14517 return mem_loc_result
;
14520 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
14521 This is typically a complex variable. */
14523 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14524 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
14526 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
14527 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
14528 = loc_descriptor (x0
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14529 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
14530 = loc_descriptor (x1
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14532 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
14535 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
14536 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)));
14538 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
14539 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)));
14541 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
14542 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
14544 return cc_loc_result
;
14547 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
14550 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14551 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
14554 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
14555 unsigned int n
= XVECLEN (concatn
, 0);
14557 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; ++i
)
14559 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
;
14560 rtx x
= XVECEXP (concatn
, 0, i
);
14562 ref
= loc_descriptor (x
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14566 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, ref
);
14567 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
)));
14570 if (cc_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
14571 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
14573 return cc_loc_result
;
14576 /* Helper function for loc_descriptor. Return DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
14577 for DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR RTL. */
14579 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14580 implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtx rtl
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
14582 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
;
14587 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == VAR_DECL
14588 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == PARM_DECL
14589 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == RESULT_DECL
);
14590 ref
= lookup_decl_die (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
));
14591 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
, 0, offset
);
14592 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
14595 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14596 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
14597 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14601 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_decl_ref
;
14602 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
= DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
);
14607 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
14608 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
14609 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
14610 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
14611 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
14613 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
14614 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
14615 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
14617 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
14619 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14620 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
14621 enum var_init_status initialized
)
14623 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
14625 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
14628 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
14629 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
14630 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
14631 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
14632 contains the given subreg. */
14633 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl
), mode
, initialized
);
14637 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
14641 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
14643 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
14644 loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
14645 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
14647 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
14648 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
14649 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
14654 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1),
14659 loc_result
= concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
14664 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl
)) != PARALLEL
)
14666 rtx loc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl
);
14667 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
14668 loc
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
14669 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (loc
, mode
, initialized
);
14673 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
14678 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
14679 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
14680 enum machine_mode mode
;
14683 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
14684 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0),
14685 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
14686 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
14688 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
14689 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
14690 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
14692 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
14694 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0),
14695 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
14698 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, temp
);
14699 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
14700 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
14706 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& mode
!= BLKmode
)
14707 loc_result
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
),
14712 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
14713 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
14715 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14717 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
14719 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
14720 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
14721 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
14722 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
14723 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
14724 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0);
14725 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
14727 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
14728 unsigned char *array
14729 = (unsigned char*) ggc_alloc_atomic (length
);
14731 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
14732 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
14733 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
/ 4;
14734 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= 4;
14735 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
14739 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
14740 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
14741 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl
);
14747 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
14748 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
14750 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14752 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
14753 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
14754 unsigned char *array
= (unsigned char *)
14755 ggc_alloc_atomic (length
* elt_size
);
14759 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
14760 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
14762 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
14763 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
14765 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
14766 double_int val
= rtx_to_double_int (elt
);
14768 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
14769 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val
), elt_size
, p
);
14772 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
14773 insert_double (val
, p
);
14778 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
14779 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
14781 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
14782 insert_float (elt
, p
);
14787 gcc_unreachable ();
14790 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
14791 length
* elt_size
, 0);
14792 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
14793 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
14794 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
14795 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
14800 if (mode
== VOIDmode
14801 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_INT
14802 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
14803 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR
)
14805 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
14810 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
14813 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14814 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14816 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
14817 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
14818 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
14819 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14820 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
14824 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
:
14825 loc_result
= implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtl
, 0);
14829 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
14830 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14833 = implicit_ptr_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
14838 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE (rtl
) == mode
14839 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14840 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14842 /* Value expression. */
14843 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
, initialized
);
14845 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
14846 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14854 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
14855 address ranges where a given location is valid.
14856 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
14857 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
14858 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
14859 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
14861 static const char *
14862 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl
)
14864 const char *secname
;
14866 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
14868 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
);
14869 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
14871 else if (current_function_decl
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
14873 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
14874 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
14876 else if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
14877 secname
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
14879 secname
= text_section_label
;
14884 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
14887 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl
)
14889 return ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
14890 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
14891 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl
));
14894 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
14897 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14898 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc
, rtx varloc
, int want_address
,
14899 enum var_init_status initialized
)
14901 int have_address
= 0;
14902 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
14903 enum machine_mode mode
;
14905 if (want_address
!= 2)
14907 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
);
14909 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
)) != PARALLEL
)
14911 varloc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
);
14912 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
14913 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
14914 mode
= GET_MODE (varloc
);
14915 if (MEM_P (varloc
))
14917 rtx addr
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
14918 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (addr
, mode
, initialized
);
14923 rtx x
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc
);
14925 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (x
, mode
, initialized
);
14929 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (varloc
, mode
, initialized
);
14936 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
)
14937 mode
= DECL_MODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (varloc
));
14939 mode
= DECL_MODE (loc
);
14940 descr
= loc_descriptor (varloc
, mode
, initialized
);
14947 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
14948 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14950 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14952 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14953 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14956 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14959 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14960 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
14962 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14963 "Want address and only have value");
14967 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14968 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
14970 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14971 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
14973 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
14975 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14976 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14979 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14982 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
14984 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
14990 /* Create a DW_OP_piece or DW_OP_bit_piece for bitsize, or return NULL
14991 if it is not possible. */
14993 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14994 new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
14996 if ((bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
) == 0 && offset
== 0)
14997 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, bitsize
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
, 0);
14998 else if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
14999 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bit_piece
, bitsize
, offset
);
15004 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
15005 for VAR_LOC_NOTE for variable DECL that has been optimized by SRA. */
15007 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15008 dw_sra_loc_expr (tree decl
, rtx loc
)
15011 unsigned int padsize
= 0;
15012 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
, *descr_tail
;
15013 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT decl_size
;
15015 enum var_init_status initialized
;
15017 if (DECL_SIZE (decl
) == NULL
15018 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
15021 decl_size
= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1);
15023 descr_tail
= &descr
;
15025 for (p
= loc
; p
; p
= XEXP (p
, 1))
15027 unsigned int bitsize
= decl_piece_bitsize (p
);
15028 rtx loc_note
= *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (p
);
15029 dw_loc_descr_ref cur_descr
;
15030 dw_loc_descr_ref
*tail
, last
= NULL
;
15031 unsigned int opsize
= 0;
15033 if (loc_note
== NULL_RTX
15034 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
) == NULL_RTX
)
15036 padsize
+= bitsize
;
15039 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
);
15040 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_note
);
15041 cur_descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, 2, initialized
);
15042 if (cur_descr
== NULL
)
15044 padsize
+= bitsize
;
15048 /* Check that cur_descr either doesn't use
15049 DW_OP_*piece operations, or their sum is equal
15050 to bitsize. Otherwise we can't embed it. */
15051 for (tail
= &cur_descr
; *tail
!= NULL
;
15052 tail
= &(*tail
)->dw_loc_next
)
15053 if ((*tail
)->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_piece
)
15055 opsize
+= (*tail
)->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
15059 else if ((*tail
)->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bit_piece
)
15061 opsize
+= (*tail
)->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
15065 if (last
!= NULL
&& opsize
!= bitsize
)
15067 padsize
+= bitsize
;
15071 /* If there is a hole, add DW_OP_*piece after empty DWARF
15072 expression, which means that those bits are optimized out. */
15075 if (padsize
> decl_size
)
15077 decl_size
-= padsize
;
15078 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (padsize
, 0);
15079 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
15081 descr_tail
= &(*descr_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
15084 *descr_tail
= cur_descr
;
15086 if (bitsize
> decl_size
)
15088 decl_size
-= bitsize
;
15091 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
15092 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
15093 && GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
)) != PARALLEL
)
15095 varloc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
);
15096 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
15097 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
15101 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == CONST
15102 || GET_CODE (varloc
) == SIGN_EXTEND
15103 || GET_CODE (varloc
) == ZERO_EXTEND
)
15104 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
15105 else if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == SUBREG
)
15106 varloc
= SUBREG_REG (varloc
);
15111 /* DW_OP_bit_size offset should be zero for register
15112 or implicit location descriptions and empty location
15113 descriptions, but for memory addresses needs big endian
15115 if (MEM_P (varloc
))
15117 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT memsize
15118 = INTVAL (MEM_SIZE (varloc
)) * BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15119 if (memsize
!= bitsize
)
15121 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
!= WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
15122 && (memsize
> BITS_PER_WORD
|| bitsize
> BITS_PER_WORD
))
15124 if (memsize
< bitsize
)
15126 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15127 offset
= memsize
- bitsize
;
15131 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (bitsize
, offset
);
15132 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
15134 descr_tail
= &(*descr_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
15138 /* If there were any non-empty expressions, add padding till the end of
15140 if (descr
!= NULL
&& decl_size
!= 0)
15142 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (decl_size
, 0);
15143 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
15149 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
15150 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
15153 static dw_loc_list_ref
15154 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list
*loc_list
, tree decl
, int want_address
)
15156 const char *endname
, *secname
;
15158 enum var_init_status initialized
;
15159 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
15160 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
15161 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
15162 dw_loc_list_ref list
= NULL
;
15163 dw_loc_list_ref
*listp
= &list
;
15165 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
15166 actually construct the list of locations.
15167 The first location information is what is passed to the
15168 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
15169 locations just get added on to that list.
15170 Note that we only know the start address for a location
15171 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
15172 the range [current location start, next location start].
15173 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
15174 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
15176 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
15178 for (node
= loc_list
->first
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
15179 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
15180 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->loc
) != NULL_RTX
)
15182 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
15184 /* This requires DW_OP_{,bit_}piece, which is not usable
15185 inside DWARF expressions. */
15186 if (want_address
!= 2)
15188 descr
= dw_sra_loc_expr (decl
, node
->loc
);
15194 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->loc
);
15195 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->loc
);
15196 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
, initialized
);
15200 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
15201 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
15203 endname
= node
->next
->label
;
15204 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
15205 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
15206 else if (!current_function_decl
)
15207 endname
= text_end_label
;
15210 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
15211 current_function_funcdef_no
);
15212 endname
= ggc_strdup (label_id
);
15215 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
, node
->label
, endname
, secname
);
15216 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
15220 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
15221 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
15222 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
15223 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
15224 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
15226 if (list
&& loc_list
->first
->next
)
15232 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
15233 as location description. */
15236 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
15238 gcc_assert (!list
->dw_loc_next
|| list
->ll_symbol
);
15239 return !list
->ll_symbol
;
15242 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
15245 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list
, dw_loc_descr_ref ref
)
15247 dw_loc_descr_ref copy
;
15248 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, ref
);
15249 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
15252 copy
= ggc_alloc_dw_loc_descr_node ();
15253 memcpy (copy
, ref
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
15254 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, copy
);
15255 while (copy
->dw_loc_next
)
15257 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy
= ggc_alloc_dw_loc_descr_node ();
15258 memcpy (new_copy
, copy
->dw_loc_next
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
15259 copy
->dw_loc_next
= new_copy
;
15262 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
15266 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
15267 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
15268 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
15269 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
15271 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
15272 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
15273 and merging them that will need some additional work.
15274 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
15278 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*ret
, dw_loc_list_ref list
)
15287 if (!list
->dw_loc_next
)
15289 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret
, list
->expr
);
15292 if (!(*ret
)->dw_loc_next
)
15294 add_loc_descr_to_each (list
, (*ret
)->expr
);
15298 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, NULL_RTX
,
15299 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
15300 " location lists.\n");
15305 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
15306 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
15308 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15309 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc
)
15311 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
15312 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
15313 enum machine_mode mode
;
15315 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
15320 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
);
15322 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
15323 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
15325 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))))
15327 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15328 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
15331 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15332 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
15333 return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15336 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
15337 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
15338 into simple arithmetics. */
15340 static dw_loc_list_ref
15341 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc
, bool toplev
)
15344 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
15345 enum machine_mode mode
;
15347 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
15348 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
15350 obj
= get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0),
15351 &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
15352 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
15354 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
)
15356 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "bitfield access");
15359 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj
))
15361 expansion_failed (obj
,
15362 NULL_RTX
, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
15365 if (!offset
&& !bitpos
)
15366 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), toplev
? 2 : 1);
15368 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15369 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
15371 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), 0);
15376 /* Variable offset. */
15377 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0);
15378 if (list_ret1
== 0)
15380 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
15383 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
15384 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
15386 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15388 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
15389 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
15391 else if (bytepos
< 0)
15392 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
15393 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
15394 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
15400 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
15401 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
15402 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
15403 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
15404 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
15405 to refer to register values). */
15407 static dw_loc_list_ref
15408 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
)
15410 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= NULL
, ret1
= NULL
;
15411 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
15412 int have_address
= 0;
15413 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
15415 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
15416 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
15419 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
15422 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "ERROR_MARK");
15425 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
15426 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
15427 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
15428 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
15429 the names of types. */
15430 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
15434 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CALL_EXPR");
15435 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
15438 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR
:
15439 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR
:
15440 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR
:
15441 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
:
15442 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
15443 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
15447 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
15448 e.g. for &this->field. */
15451 list_ret
= loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
15452 (loc
, want_address
== 2);
15455 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
15456 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
15459 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
15460 if (!list_ret
&& !ret
)
15461 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 1);
15465 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
15471 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc
))
15474 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op
;
15475 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op
;
15476 bool dtprel
= false;
15478 if (targetm
.have_tls
)
15480 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
15482 if (!targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
15485 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
15486 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
15487 module. We used DW_OP_addr as first op, but that's
15488 wrong, because DW_OP_addr is relocated by the debug
15489 info consumer, while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
15490 operand shouldn't be. */
15491 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
) && !targetm
.binds_local_p (loc
))
15493 first_op
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 4 ? DW_OP_const4u
: DW_OP_const8u
;
15495 second_op
= DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
;
15499 if (!targetm
.emutls
.debug_form_tls_address
15500 || !(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
15502 /* We stuffed the control variable into the DECL_VALUE_EXPR
15503 to signal (via DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P) that the decl should
15504 no longer appear in gimple code. We used the control
15505 variable in specific so that we could pick it up here. */
15506 loc
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
);
15507 first_op
= DW_OP_addr
;
15508 second_op
= DW_OP_form_tls_address
;
15511 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
15512 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
15517 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
15518 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
15521 ret
= new_loc_descr (first_op
, 0, 0);
15522 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
15523 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
15524 ret
->dtprel
= dtprel
;
15526 ret1
= new_loc_descr (second_op
, 0, 0);
15527 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
15536 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc
))
15537 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
),
15541 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
15544 var_loc_list
*loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (loc
);
15546 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
)
15548 list_ret
= dw_loc_list (loc_list
, loc
, want_address
);
15549 have_address
= want_address
!= 0;
15552 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
15553 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
15555 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "DECL has no RTL");
15558 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl
))
15560 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
15561 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
15562 val
&= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc
));
15563 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (val
);
15565 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
15567 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CONST_STRING");
15570 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) && const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
15572 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
15573 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
15574 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
15578 enum machine_mode mode
;
15580 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
15581 if (want_address
== 2)
15583 ret
= loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
,
15584 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15589 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15592 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
15595 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15598 expansion_failed (loc
, rtl
,
15599 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
15606 if (!integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)))
15610 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15614 case COMPOUND_EXPR
:
15615 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), want_address
);
15618 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
15621 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), want_address
);
15623 case COMPONENT_REF
:
15624 case BIT_FIELD_REF
:
15626 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
15627 case REALPART_EXPR
:
15628 case IMAGPART_EXPR
:
15631 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
15632 enum machine_mode mode
;
15634 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
15636 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
15637 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
15639 gcc_assert (obj
!= loc
);
15641 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (obj
,
15643 && !bitpos
&& !offset
? 2 : 1);
15644 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
15645 for nonzero bitpos. */
15648 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
15650 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15651 "bitfield access");
15655 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
15657 /* Variable offset. */
15658 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0);
15659 if (list_ret1
== 0)
15661 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
15664 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
15667 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15669 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
15670 else if (bytepos
< 0)
15671 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
15678 if ((want_address
|| !host_integerp (loc
, 0))
15679 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
15681 else if (want_address
== 2
15682 && host_integerp (loc
, 0)
15683 && (ret
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor
15684 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)),
15685 tree_low_cst (loc
, 0))))
15687 else if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
15688 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
15691 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15692 "Integer operand is not host integer");
15701 if ((ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
15704 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
15705 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15706 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
15709 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
15710 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
15715 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
15720 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR
:
15721 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
15726 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
15727 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR
:
15728 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
15729 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
15730 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
15739 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
15740 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR
:
15741 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
15742 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
15743 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
15748 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15749 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
15750 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
15753 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
15756 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
15757 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
15758 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
15759 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
15760 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
15772 op
= (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) ? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
15775 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
15777 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
15779 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15783 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0));
15791 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
15798 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
15805 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
15812 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
15827 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15828 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
15829 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
15832 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
15835 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
15838 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
15852 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15856 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
15862 const enum tree_code code
=
15863 TREE_CODE (loc
) == MIN_EXPR
? GT_EXPR
: LT_EXPR
;
15865 loc
= build3 (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
15866 build2 (code
, integer_type_node
,
15867 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
15868 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
15871 /* ... fall through ... */
15875 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
15876 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
15877 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
15878 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
15879 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
15881 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15882 if (list_ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
15885 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
15886 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, bra_node
);
15888 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, rhs
);
15889 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
15890 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, jump_node
);
15892 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, lhs
);
15893 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15894 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
15896 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
15897 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
15898 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, tmp
);
15899 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15900 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
15904 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR
:
15908 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
15909 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
15910 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
15911 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
15913 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15914 "language specific tree node");
15918 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
15919 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
15920 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
15921 gcc_unreachable ();
15923 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
15924 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
15929 if (!ret
&& !list_ret
)
15932 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
15933 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
15935 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15937 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15938 "DWARF address size mismatch");
15942 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
15944 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
15945 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
15948 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
15949 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
15951 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15952 "Want address and only have value");
15956 gcc_assert (!ret
|| !list_ret
);
15958 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
15959 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
15961 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
15963 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
15965 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15966 "DWARF address size mismatch");
15969 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15972 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
15975 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
15977 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
15980 list_ret
= new_loc_list (ret
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
15985 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
15986 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15987 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
)
15989 dw_loc_list_ref ret
= loc_list_from_tree (loc
, want_address
);
15992 if (ret
->dw_loc_next
)
15994 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15995 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
16001 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
16002 which is not less than the value itself. */
16004 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
16005 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
16007 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
16010 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
16011 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
16012 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
16013 ERROR_MARK node. */
16016 field_type (const_tree decl
)
16020 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
16021 return integer_type_node
;
16023 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
16024 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
16025 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
16030 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
16031 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
16032 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
16034 static inline unsigned
16035 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type
)
16037 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
16040 static inline unsigned
16041 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl
)
16043 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
16046 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
16048 static inline double_int
16049 round_up_to_align (double_int t
, unsigned int align
)
16051 double_int alignd
= uhwi_to_double_int (align
);
16052 t
= double_int_add (t
, alignd
);
16053 t
= double_int_add (t
, double_int_minus_one
);
16054 t
= double_int_div (t
, alignd
, true, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
);
16055 t
= double_int_mul (t
, alignd
);
16059 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
16060 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
16061 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
16062 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
16063 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
16066 static HOST_WIDE_INT
16067 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl
)
16069 double_int object_offset_in_bits
;
16070 double_int object_offset_in_bytes
;
16071 double_int bitpos_int
;
16073 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
16076 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
16078 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
16079 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
16080 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
16081 if (TREE_CODE (bit_position (decl
)) != INTEGER_CST
)
16084 bitpos_int
= tree_to_double_int (bit_position (decl
));
16086 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
16087 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
)
16090 tree field_size_tree
;
16091 double_int deepest_bitpos
;
16092 double_int field_size_in_bits
;
16093 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
16094 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
16095 double_int type_size_in_bits
;
16097 type
= field_type (decl
);
16098 type_size_in_bits
= double_int_type_size_in_bits (type
);
16099 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
16101 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
16103 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
16104 a flexible array member. */
16105 if (!field_size_tree
)
16106 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
16108 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
16109 if (TREE_CODE (field_size_tree
) == INTEGER_CST
)
16110 field_size_in_bits
= tree_to_double_int (field_size_tree
);
16112 field_size_in_bits
= type_size_in_bits
;
16114 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
16116 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
16117 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
16118 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
16119 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
16120 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
16121 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
16122 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
16123 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
16124 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
16126 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
16128 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
16129 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
16130 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
16131 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
16132 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
16133 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
16134 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
16135 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
16136 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
16137 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
16138 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
16140 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
16141 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
16142 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
16143 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
16144 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
16145 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
16146 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
16147 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
16148 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
16149 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
16152 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
16153 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
16154 must have believed that the containing object started (within
16155 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
16156 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
16157 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
16158 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
16160 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
16161 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
16162 deepest_bitpos
= double_int_add (bitpos_int
, field_size_in_bits
);
16164 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
16165 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
16167 object_offset_in_bits
16168 = double_int_sub (deepest_bitpos
, type_size_in_bits
);
16170 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
16172 object_offset_in_bits
16173 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, type_align_in_bits
);
16175 if (double_int_ucmp (object_offset_in_bits
, bitpos_int
) > 0)
16177 object_offset_in_bits
16178 = double_int_sub (deepest_bitpos
, type_size_in_bits
);
16180 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
16181 object_offset_in_bits
16182 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, decl_align_in_bits
);
16186 #endif /* PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS */
16187 object_offset_in_bits
= bitpos_int
;
16189 object_offset_in_bytes
16190 = double_int_div (object_offset_in_bits
,
16191 uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_UNIT
), true,
16193 return double_int_to_shwi (object_offset_in_bytes
);
16196 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
16197 associated with them. */
16199 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
16201 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
16202 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
16203 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
16206 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
16207 dw_loc_list_ref descr
)
16211 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr
))
16212 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
->expr
);
16214 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
16217 /* Add DW_AT_accessibility attribute to DIE if needed. */
16220 add_accessibility_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16222 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
16223 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
16224 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_public. */
16225 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
16226 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
16227 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
16229 if (dwarf_version
== 2
16230 || die
->die_parent
== NULL
16231 || die
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
16232 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
16234 else if (dwarf_version
> 2
16236 && die
->die_parent
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
)
16237 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
16240 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
16241 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
16242 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
16243 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
16244 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
16245 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
16248 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
16249 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
16250 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
16251 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
16252 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
16253 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
16254 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
16255 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
16256 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
16257 function below.) */
16260 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16262 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
16263 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
16265 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_BINFO
)
16267 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
16268 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl
) && is_cxx ())
16270 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
16271 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
16272 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
16273 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
16275 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
16277 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
16279 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
16281 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
16282 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
16283 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
16285 /* Extract the vtable address. */
16286 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
16287 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
16289 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
16290 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
16291 gcc_assert (offset
< 0);
16293 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
16294 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
16295 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
16296 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
16298 /* Extract the offset. */
16299 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
16300 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
16302 /* Add it to the object address. */
16303 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
16304 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
16307 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
16310 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
16314 if (dwarf_version
> 2)
16316 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
16318 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
16320 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
16325 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
16327 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
16328 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
16329 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
16331 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16332 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
16333 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
16337 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
16340 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
16344 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
16347 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
16350 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, unsigned int size
, unsigned char *dest
)
16354 *dest
++ = val
& 0xff;
16360 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
16362 static HOST_WIDE_INT
16363 extract_int (const unsigned char *src
, unsigned int size
)
16365 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= 0;
16371 val
|= *--src
& 0xff;
16377 /* Writes double_int values to dw_vec_const array. */
16380 insert_double (double_int val
, unsigned char *dest
)
16382 unsigned char *p0
= dest
;
16383 unsigned char *p1
= dest
+ sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
16385 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
16391 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
.low
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p0
);
16392 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
.high
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p1
);
16395 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
16398 insert_float (const_rtx rtl
, unsigned char *array
)
16400 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv
;
16404 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
16405 real_to_target (val
, &rv
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
16407 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
16408 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / 4; i
++)
16410 insert_int (val
[i
], 4, array
);
16415 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
16416 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
16417 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
16418 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
16419 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
16422 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
16424 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
16428 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
16431 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
16433 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
16438 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
16439 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
16440 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
16443 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
16445 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
16447 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
16448 unsigned char *array
= (unsigned char *) ggc_alloc_atomic (length
);
16450 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
16451 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
/ 4, 4, array
);
16454 add_AT_double (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
16455 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
16461 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
16462 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
16463 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
16464 unsigned char *array
= (unsigned char *) ggc_alloc_atomic
16465 (length
* elt_size
);
16469 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
16471 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
16472 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
16474 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
16475 double_int val
= rtx_to_double_int (elt
);
16477 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
16478 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val
), elt_size
, p
);
16481 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
16482 insert_double (val
, p
);
16487 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
16488 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
16490 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
16491 insert_float (elt
, p
);
16496 gcc_unreachable ();
16499 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, elt_size
, array
);
16504 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
16506 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
16507 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
, NULL
);
16509 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
16510 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
16511 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
16512 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
16513 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_location
, loc_result
);
16514 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
16520 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
16521 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, XEXP (rtl
, 0));
16524 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
16527 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
16532 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
16533 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
16534 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
16535 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
16536 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
16537 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
16538 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
16539 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
16540 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
16541 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
16542 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
16550 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_STRING
16551 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
)
16552 && GET_MODE (rtl
) == BLKmode
)
16554 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0));
16560 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
16561 gcc_unreachable ();
16566 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
16567 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
16570 reference_to_unused (tree
* tp
, int * walk_subtrees
,
16571 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16573 if (! EXPR_P (*tp
) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp
))
16574 *walk_subtrees
= 0;
16576 if (DECL_P (*tp
) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp
) && ! TREE_USED (*tp
)
16577 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
16579 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
16580 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
16581 be conservative. */
16582 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
16583 && (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
16585 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
)
16587 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_get_node (*tp
);
16588 if (!node
|| !node
->needed
)
16591 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
16592 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp
) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp
)))
16594 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
16595 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
16596 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
16597 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
16598 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp
))
16601 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == STRING_CST
&& !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
16607 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
16608 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
16611 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init
, tree type
)
16613 rtx rtl
= NULL_RTX
;
16617 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
16618 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
16619 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == STRING_CST
&& TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
16621 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
16622 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
16623 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
16625 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
16627 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
16628 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
16629 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
16630 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
16631 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
16633 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
16634 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
16635 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, rtl
);
16636 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
) = 1;
16639 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
16641 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
)
16642 || (TREE_CODE (init
) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
16643 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0))))
16644 || TREE_CODE (type
) == COMPLEX_TYPE
)
16646 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
16647 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
16648 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
16649 && !VECTOR_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
16651 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
16652 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
16653 reference variables which won't be output. */
16654 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
)
16655 && ! walk_tree (&init
, reference_to_unused
, NULL
, NULL
))
16657 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
16659 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
16660 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
16665 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init
))
16667 VEC(constructor_elt
,gc
) *elts
= CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
);
16668 bool constant_p
= true;
16670 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix
;
16672 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
16673 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
16674 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
16675 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts
, ix
, value
)
16676 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value
))
16678 constant_p
= false;
16684 init
= build_vector_from_ctor (type
, elts
);
16694 rtl
= expand_expr (init
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
16696 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
16697 gcc_assert (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
));
16703 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
16706 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
16710 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
16711 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
16712 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
16714 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
16715 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
16716 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
16717 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
16718 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
16719 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
16720 referenced within the function.
16722 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
16723 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
16724 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
16725 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
16727 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
16728 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
16729 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
16730 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
16731 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
16732 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
16734 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
16735 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
16736 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
16737 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
16738 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
16739 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
16740 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
16741 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
16742 output at debug-time.
16744 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
16745 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
16746 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
16747 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
16748 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
16749 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
16750 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
16751 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
16752 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
16753 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
16754 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
16755 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
16756 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
16758 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
16759 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
16760 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
16761 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
16762 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
16763 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
16764 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
16765 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
16766 I'd like to fix it.
16768 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
16769 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
16770 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
16771 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
16772 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
16773 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
16774 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
16775 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
16776 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
16777 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
16778 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
16780 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
16781 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
16783 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
16784 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
16785 fixed registers. */
16786 if (! reload_completed
)
16789 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
16791 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
16793 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
16794 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
16796 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
16801 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
16803 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
16805 tree declared_type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
16806 tree passed_type
= DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
);
16807 enum machine_mode dmode
= TYPE_MODE (declared_type
);
16808 enum machine_mode pmode
= TYPE_MODE (passed_type
);
16810 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
16811 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
16812 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
16813 if (dmode
== pmode
)
16814 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
16815 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode
)
16816 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
16817 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
16819 rtx inc
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
16822 else if (MEM_P (inc
))
16824 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
16825 rtl
= adjust_address_nv (inc
, dmode
,
16826 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
16827 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
));
16834 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
16835 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
16836 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
16837 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
16838 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
16839 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
16841 else if (MEM_P (rtl
)
16842 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
16843 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
16844 /* Not passed in memory. */
16845 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
16846 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
16847 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
16848 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
16849 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
16850 #if !HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_ARG_POINTER
16851 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
16854 /* Big endian correction check. */
16855 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16856 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
16857 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
16860 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
16861 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
16863 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
16864 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
16867 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
16870 && GET_MODE (rtl
) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
16871 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
16873 int rsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
16874 int dsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
16876 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
16877 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
16878 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
16879 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
16880 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
16881 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
16883 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
16884 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), rsize
-dsize
));
16887 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
16888 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
16889 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
16890 if (!rtl
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
16891 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), TREE_TYPE (decl
));
16894 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
16896 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
16897 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
16898 code, and thus is not emitted. */
16900 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
16902 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
16903 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
16905 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
16906 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
16907 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
16908 && TREE_STATIC (decl
)
16909 && DECL_NAME (decl
)
16910 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl
)
16911 && DECL_MODE (decl
) != VOIDmode
)
16913 rtl
= make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl
);
16915 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
16916 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != decl
)
16923 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
16924 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
16925 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
16928 fortran_common (tree decl
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*value
)
16930 tree val_expr
, cvar
;
16931 enum machine_mode mode
;
16932 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
;
16934 int volatilep
= 0, unsignedp
= 0;
16936 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
16937 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
16938 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
16939 be handled as such. */
16940 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
16941 || !TREE_STATIC (decl
)
16942 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl
)
16946 val_expr
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl
);
16947 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr
) != COMPONENT_REF
)
16950 cvar
= get_inner_reference (val_expr
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
,
16951 &mode
, &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, true);
16953 if (cvar
== NULL_TREE
16954 || TREE_CODE (cvar
) != VAR_DECL
16955 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar
)
16956 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar
))
16960 if (offset
!= NULL
)
16962 if (!host_integerp (offset
, 0))
16964 *value
= tree_low_cst (offset
, 0);
16967 *value
+= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
16972 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
16973 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
16974 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
16975 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
16976 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
16977 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
16978 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
16979 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
16980 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
16981 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
16984 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
,
16985 enum dwarf_attribute attr
)
16988 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
16989 var_loc_list
*loc_list
;
16991 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
16994 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
16995 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
);
16997 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
17000 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
17001 if (rtl
&& (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
17002 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
17005 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
17006 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
17007 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
17008 loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (decl
);
17011 && loc_list
->first
->next
== NULL
17012 && NOTE_P (loc_list
->first
->loc
)
17013 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list
->first
->loc
)
17014 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list
->first
->loc
))
17016 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
17018 node
= loc_list
->first
;
17019 rtl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->loc
);
17020 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == EXPR_LIST
)
17021 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
17022 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
17023 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
17026 list
= loc_list_from_tree (decl
, decl_by_reference_p (decl
) ? 0 : 2);
17029 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, list
);
17032 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
17033 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
17034 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die
, decl
);
17037 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
17040 defer_location (tree variable
, dw_die_ref die
)
17042 deferred_locations entry
;
17043 entry
.variable
= variable
;
17045 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations
, gc
, deferred_locations_list
, &entry
);
17048 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
17049 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
17052 native_encode_initializer (tree init
, unsigned char *array
, int size
)
17056 if (init
== NULL_TREE
)
17060 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
17063 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
17064 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
17066 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
17067 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
17069 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
|| GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) != 1)
17071 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
17073 if (size
> TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
))
17075 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
),
17076 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
17077 memset (array
+ TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
),
17078 '\0', size
- TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
17081 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
), size
);
17086 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
17087 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
17089 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
17091 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index
;
17092 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
17093 int curpos
= 0, fieldsize
;
17094 constructor_elt
*ce
;
17096 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) == NULL_TREE
17097 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0))
17100 fieldsize
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
));
17101 if (fieldsize
<= 0)
17104 min_index
= tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0);
17105 memset (array
, '\0', size
);
17106 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
)
17108 tree val
= ce
->value
;
17109 tree index
= ce
->index
;
17111 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
17112 pos
= (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0) - min_index
)
17115 pos
= (tree_low_cst (index
, 0) - min_index
) * fieldsize
;
17120 if (!native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
17123 curpos
= pos
+ fieldsize
;
17124 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
17126 int count
= tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 1), 0)
17127 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0);
17131 memcpy (array
+ curpos
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
);
17132 curpos
+= fieldsize
;
17135 gcc_assert (curpos
<= size
);
17139 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
17140 || TREE_CODE (type
) == UNION_TYPE
)
17142 tree field
= NULL_TREE
;
17143 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
17144 constructor_elt
*ce
;
17146 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
17149 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
)
17150 field
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
17152 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
)
17154 tree val
= ce
->value
;
17155 int pos
, fieldsize
;
17157 if (ce
->index
!= 0)
17163 if (field
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_BIT_FIELD (field
))
17166 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17167 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))
17168 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))))
17170 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
) == NULL_TREE
17171 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0))
17173 fieldsize
= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0);
17174 pos
= int_byte_position (field
);
17175 gcc_assert (pos
+ fieldsize
<= size
);
17177 && !native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
17183 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
17184 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
17185 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0), array
, size
);
17187 return native_encode_expr (init
, array
, size
) == size
;
17191 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
17192 attribute is the const value T. */
17195 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree t
)
17198 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (t
);
17201 if (!t
|| !TREE_TYPE (t
) || TREE_TYPE (t
) == error_mark_node
)
17205 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init
));
17207 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (init
, type
);
17209 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
17210 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
17211 else if (CHAR_BIT
== 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT
== 8
17212 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
))
17214 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init
));
17215 if (size
> 0 && (int) size
== size
)
17217 unsigned char *array
= (unsigned char *)
17218 ggc_alloc_cleared_atomic (size
);
17220 if (native_encode_initializer (init
, array
, size
))
17222 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, size
, 1, array
);
17230 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
17231 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
17232 variable with static storage duration
17233 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
17236 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
17240 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
17241 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != CONST_DECL
))
17244 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
)
17245 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
)
17246 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
17251 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
17252 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
17255 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, DECL_INITIAL (decl
));
17258 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
17259 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
17260 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
17261 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
17264 static dw_loc_list_ref
17265 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
17268 dw_loc_list_ref list
, *list_tail
;
17270 dw_cfa_location last_cfa
, next_cfa
;
17271 const char *start_label
, *last_label
, *section
;
17272 dw_cfa_location remember
;
17274 fde
= current_fde ();
17275 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
17277 section
= secname_for_decl (current_function_decl
);
17281 memset (&next_cfa
, 0, sizeof (next_cfa
));
17282 next_cfa
.reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
17283 remember
= next_cfa
;
17285 start_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
17287 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
17288 advance opcodes. */
17289 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
17290 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
17292 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
17293 last_label
= start_label
;
17295 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
17296 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
17298 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
17299 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
17300 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
17301 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
17302 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
17304 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
17305 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
17307 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
17308 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
17309 start_label
= last_label
;
17311 last_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
17314 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
17315 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
17316 gcc_unreachable ();
17319 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
17323 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
17325 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
17326 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
17327 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
17328 start_label
= last_label
;
17331 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa
, offset
),
17332 start_label
, fde
->dw_fde_end
, section
);
17334 if (list
&& list
->dw_loc_next
)
17340 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
17341 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
17342 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
17343 before the latter is negated. */
17346 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
17350 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
17351 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
17352 offset
+= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
17354 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
17355 offset
+= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
17358 elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
17359 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
17361 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
17362 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
17365 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
17366 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
17367 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
17368 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
17369 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
17370 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
17372 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= -offset
;
17375 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
17376 the value of the attribute. */
17379 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
17381 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
17383 if (demangle_name_func
)
17384 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
17386 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
17390 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
17393 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
17395 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
17401 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
)
17405 wdlen
= strlen (wd
);
17406 wd1
= (char *) ggc_alloc_atomic (wdlen
+ 2);
17408 wd1
[wdlen
] = DIR_SEPARATOR
;
17409 wd1
[wdlen
+ 1] = 0;
17413 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, remap_debug_filename (wd
));
17416 /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
17420 lower_bound_default (void)
17422 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
))
17427 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
:
17429 case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
:
17432 case DW_LANG_Fortran77
:
17433 case DW_LANG_Fortran90
:
17434 case DW_LANG_Fortran95
:
17438 case DW_LANG_Python
:
17439 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? 0 : -1;
17440 case DW_LANG_Ada95
:
17441 case DW_LANG_Ada83
:
17442 case DW_LANG_Cobol74
:
17443 case DW_LANG_Cobol85
:
17444 case DW_LANG_Pascal83
:
17445 case DW_LANG_Modula2
:
17447 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? 1 : -1;
17453 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
17454 a representation for that bound. */
17457 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
17459 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
17464 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
17467 unsigned int prec
= simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound
));
17470 /* Use the default if possible. */
17471 if (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
17472 && host_integerp (bound
, 0)
17473 && (dflt
= lower_bound_default ()) != -1
17474 && tree_low_cst (bound
, 0) == dflt
)
17477 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
17478 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
17479 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
17480 else if (prec
< HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
17482 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
17483 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1 << prec
) - 1;
17484 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
,
17485 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
) & mask
);
17487 else if (prec
== HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
17488 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound
) == 0)
17489 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
,
17490 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
));
17492 add_AT_double (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound
),
17493 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
));
17498 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
17499 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
17509 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
17511 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
17512 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
17513 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
17514 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
17515 later parameter. */
17516 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
17518 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
17526 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
17527 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
17529 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
17530 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
17532 list
= loc_list_from_tree (bound
, 2);
17533 if (list
== NULL
|| single_element_loc_list_p (list
))
17535 /* If DW_AT_*bound is not a reference nor constant, it is
17536 a DWARF expression rather than location description.
17537 For that loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0) is needed.
17538 If that fails to give a single element list,
17539 fall back to outputting this as a reference anyway. */
17540 dw_loc_list_ref list2
= loc_list_from_tree (bound
, 0);
17541 if (list2
&& single_element_loc_list_p (list2
))
17543 add_AT_loc (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, list2
->expr
);
17550 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
17551 ctx
= comp_unit_die ();
17553 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
17555 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
17556 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17557 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
17558 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, list
);
17559 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
17565 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
17566 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
17567 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
17568 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
17571 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
, bool collapse_p
)
17573 unsigned dimension_number
;
17575 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
17577 for (dimension_number
= 0;
17578 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
&& (dimension_number
== 0 || collapse_p
);
17579 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
17581 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
17583 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && is_fortran () && dimension_number
> 0)
17586 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
17587 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
17589 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
17592 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
17593 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
17594 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
17596 /* Define the index type. */
17597 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
17599 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
17600 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
17601 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
17602 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
17603 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
17604 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
17605 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
17608 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
17612 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
17613 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
17615 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
17616 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
17617 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
17619 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
17621 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
17624 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
17625 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
17631 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
17635 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
17640 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
17643 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
17644 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
17647 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
17648 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
17649 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
17650 even for bit-fields. */
17651 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
17654 gcc_unreachable ();
17657 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
17658 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
17659 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
17660 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
17661 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
17664 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
17665 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
17666 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
17669 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
17670 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
17671 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
17672 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
17673 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
17674 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
17676 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
17677 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
17678 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
17681 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17683 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
17684 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
17685 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
17686 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
17687 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
17688 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
17690 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
17691 gcc_assert (type
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
17693 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
17694 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
17695 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
17696 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
17697 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
17700 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
17702 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
17703 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
17704 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
17705 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
17706 below must take account of these differences. */
17707 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
17708 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
17710 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
17712 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
17713 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
17717 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
17718 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
17719 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
17721 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
17724 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
17725 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
17728 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17730 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
17731 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
17732 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
));
17734 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
17735 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
17738 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
17739 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
17742 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
17744 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
17745 && prototype_p (func_type
))
17746 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
17749 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
17750 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
17753 static inline dw_die_ref
17754 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
17756 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
17758 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
17760 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
17761 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
17762 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
17764 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
17765 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
17769 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
17771 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
17773 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
17776 if (DECL_P (origin
))
17777 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
17778 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
17779 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
17781 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
17782 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
17783 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
17784 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
17785 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
17786 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
17787 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
17791 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
17795 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
17798 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
17800 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
17802 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
17804 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
17805 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
17806 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
17807 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
17810 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
17811 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
17812 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
))
17813 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
17814 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
17818 /* Add a DW_AT_linkage_name or DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute for the
17819 given decl. This used to be a vendor extension until after DWARF 4
17820 standardized it. */
17823 add_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17825 const char *name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
));
17827 /* Mimic what assemble_name_raw does with a leading '*'. */
17828 if (name
[0] == '*')
17831 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
17832 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_linkage_name
, name
);
17834 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
, name
);
17837 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
17840 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17842 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
17844 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
17845 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
17848 /* Add DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute for the given decl. */
17851 add_linkage_name (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17853 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
17854 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
17855 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
17856 && !(TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_REGISTER (decl
))
17857 && die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_member
)
17859 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
17860 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl
))
17862 limbo_die_node
*asm_name
;
17864 asm_name
= ggc_alloc_cleared_limbo_die_node ();
17865 asm_name
->die
= die
;
17866 asm_name
->created_for
= decl
;
17867 asm_name
->next
= deferred_asm_name
;
17868 deferred_asm_name
= asm_name
;
17870 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
17871 add_linkage_attr (die
, decl
);
17875 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
17876 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
17879 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17883 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
17884 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
17886 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
17888 add_name_attribute (die
, name
);
17889 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
17890 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
17892 add_linkage_name (die
, decl
);
17895 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17896 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17897 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
17898 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
17900 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
17901 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
17902 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
17904 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
17907 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17908 /* Output the debug main pointer die for VMS */
17911 dwarf2out_vms_debug_main_pointer (void)
17913 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
17916 /* Allocate the VMS debug main subprogram die. */
17917 die
= ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
17918 die
->die_tag
= DW_TAG_subprogram
;
17919 add_name_attribute (die
, VMS_DEBUG_MAIN_POINTER
);
17920 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
17921 current_function_funcdef_no
);
17922 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
17924 /* Make it the first child of comp_unit_die (). */
17925 die
->die_parent
= comp_unit_die ();
17926 if (comp_unit_die ()->die_child
)
17928 die
->die_sib
= comp_unit_die ()->die_child
->die_sib
;
17929 comp_unit_die ()->die_child
->die_sib
= die
;
17933 die
->die_sib
= die
;
17934 comp_unit_die ()->die_child
= die
;
17937 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
17939 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
17942 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
17944 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, decl_scope_table
, scope
);
17947 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
17950 pop_decl_scope (void)
17952 VEC_pop (tree
, decl_scope_table
);
17955 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
17956 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
17957 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
17958 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
17959 the current active scope. */
17962 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17964 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
17965 tree containing_scope
;
17968 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
17969 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t
));
17971 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
17973 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
17974 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
17976 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
17979 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
17982 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
17983 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
17984 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
17985 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
17986 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
17988 if (SCOPE_FILE_SCOPE_P (containing_scope
))
17989 scope_die
= comp_unit_die ();
17990 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
17992 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
17993 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
17994 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
17995 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
17996 if (VEC_index (tree
, decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
18001 gcc_assert (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
18002 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
));
18003 /*We are not in the middle of emitting the type
18004 CONTAINING_SCOPE. Let's see if it's emitted already. */
18005 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
18007 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
18008 if (scope_die
== NULL
)
18009 scope_die
= comp_unit_die ();
18012 scope_die
= lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (containing_scope
);
18015 scope_die
= context_die
;
18020 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
18023 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
18025 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
18026 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
18027 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
18033 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
18036 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
18038 return (context_die
18039 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
18040 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
18041 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_interface_type
18042 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
18045 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
18046 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
18049 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
18051 return (class_scope_p (context_die
)
18052 || (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
18055 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
18056 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
18057 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
18060 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
18061 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18063 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
18064 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
18066 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
18067 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
18068 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
18069 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
18070 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
|| code
== FIXED_POINT_TYPE
)
18071 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
18072 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
18074 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
18075 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
18076 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
18077 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
18078 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
18081 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
18082 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
18083 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
18086 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
18087 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
18090 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
18091 function call type. */
18093 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die
, tree decl
)
18095 enum dwarf_calling_convention value
= DW_CC_normal
;
18097 value
= ((enum dwarf_calling_convention
)
18098 targetm
.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
18101 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)), "MAIN__"))
18103 /* DWARF 2 doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
18104 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
18105 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
18106 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we used this for
18107 a long time, following existing custom. Now, DWARF 4 has
18108 DW_AT_main_subprogram, which we add below, but some tools still
18109 rely on the old way, which we thus keep. */
18110 value
= DW_CC_program
;
18112 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
18113 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_main_subprogram
, 1);
18116 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
18117 is not DW_CC_normal. */
18118 if (value
&& (value
!= DW_CC_normal
))
18119 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_calling_convention
, value
);
18122 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
18123 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
18124 was declared without a tag. */
18126 static const char *
18127 type_tag (const_tree type
)
18129 const char *name
= 0;
18131 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
18135 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
18136 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
18137 && !TYPE_NAMELESS (type
))
18138 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
18140 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
18141 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
18143 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
18144 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
18146 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
18147 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
18148 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
18149 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
18150 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
))
18151 && !DECL_NAMELESS (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
18152 name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type
), 2);
18155 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
18156 if (!name
&& t
!= 0)
18157 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
18160 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
18163 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
18164 for bit field types. */
18167 member_declared_type (const_tree member
)
18169 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
18170 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
18173 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
18174 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
18177 static const char *
18178 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
18181 const char *fnname
;
18183 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
18184 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x
));
18187 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
18189 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
18194 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
18195 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
18196 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
18199 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18201 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
18202 dw_die_ref array_die
;
18204 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
18205 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
18206 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
18207 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
18208 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
18209 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
18210 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
18211 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
18212 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
18214 bool collapse_nested_arrays
= !is_ada ();
18217 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
18218 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
18219 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
)
18220 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
18222 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
))
18224 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
18226 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die
, type
);
18227 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
18228 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
18229 size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
18231 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
18232 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) != NULL_TREE
18233 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)) != NULL_TREE
18234 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))))
18236 tree szdecl
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
));
18237 dw_loc_list_ref loc
= loc_list_from_tree (szdecl
, 2);
18239 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl
));
18240 if (loc
&& size
> 0)
18242 add_AT_location_description (array_die
, DW_AT_string_length
, loc
);
18243 if (size
!= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
18244 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
18250 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
18251 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
18252 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
18253 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
18256 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18257 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
18258 collapse_nested_arrays
= false;
18261 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
18262 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
18263 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
18265 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
18266 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
18268 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
18270 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
18271 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
18272 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type
)))
18273 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
18276 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
18277 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
18278 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
18279 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
18280 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
18281 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
18282 for multidimensional arrays. */
18283 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
18286 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18287 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
18288 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
18289 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
18290 && ! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
18291 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18294 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
18296 /* For VECTOR_TYPEs we use an array die with appropriate bounds. */
18297 dw_die_ref subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, array_die
, NULL
);
18298 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, size_zero_node
);
18299 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
18300 size_int (TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (type
) - 1));
18303 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
, collapse_nested_arrays
);
18305 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
18306 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
18307 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
18308 if (collapse_nested_arrays
)
18309 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
18311 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type
) && is_fortran ())
18313 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
18316 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18317 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
18320 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
18322 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18323 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
18326 static dw_loc_descr_ref
18327 descr_info_loc (tree val
, tree base_decl
)
18329 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
18330 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, loc2
;
18331 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
18333 if (val
== base_decl
)
18334 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address
, 0, 0);
18336 switch (TREE_CODE (val
))
18339 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
18341 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val
, 0);
18343 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
18344 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
18347 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val
));
18350 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
18353 if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
18354 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
18356 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
, size
, 0));
18358 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
18360 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
18361 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
18364 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
18367 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 0));
18373 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
18376 loc2
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), base_decl
);
18379 add_loc_descr (&loc
, loc2
);
18380 add_loc_descr (&loc2
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
18402 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr
,
18403 tree val
, tree base_decl
)
18405 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
18407 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
18409 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr
, tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
18413 loc
= descr_info_loc (val
, base_decl
);
18417 add_AT_loc (die
, attr
, loc
);
18420 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
18421 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
18424 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type
, struct array_descr_info
*info
,
18425 dw_die_ref context_die
)
18427 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
18428 dw_die_ref array_die
;
18431 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
18432 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
18433 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
18435 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
18437 && info
->ndimensions
>= 2)
18438 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
18440 if (info
->data_location
)
18441 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_data_location
, info
->data_location
,
18443 if (info
->associated
)
18444 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_associated
, info
->associated
,
18446 if (info
->allocated
)
18447 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_allocated
, info
->allocated
,
18450 for (dim
= 0; dim
< info
->ndimensions
; dim
++)
18452 dw_die_ref subrange_die
18453 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, array_die
, NULL
);
18455 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
)
18457 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
18460 if (host_integerp (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
, 0)
18461 && (dflt
= lower_bound_default ()) != -1
18462 && tree_low_cst (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
, 0) == dflt
)
18465 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
18466 info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
,
18469 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
)
18470 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
18471 info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
,
18473 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
)
18474 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_stride
,
18475 info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
,
18479 gen_type_die (info
->element_type
, context_die
);
18480 add_type_attribute (array_die
, info
->element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
18482 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18483 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
18488 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18490 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
18491 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
18493 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18494 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
18497 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
18498 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
18499 0, 0, context_die
);
18502 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
18503 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
18505 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
18509 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
18510 emit full debugging info for them. */
18513 retry_incomplete_types (void)
18517 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
18518 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
),
18519 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
18520 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die ());
18523 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
18525 static enum dwarf_tag
18526 record_type_tag (tree type
)
18528 if (! lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record
)
18529 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
18531 switch (lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record (type
))
18533 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT
:
18534 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
18536 case RECORD_IS_CLASS
:
18537 return DW_TAG_class_type
;
18539 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE
:
18540 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18541 return DW_TAG_interface_type
;
18542 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
18545 gcc_unreachable ();
18549 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
18550 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
18551 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
18555 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18557 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
18559 if (type_die
== NULL
)
18561 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
18562 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18563 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
18564 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
18565 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
18567 if (ENUM_IS_SCOPED (type
))
18568 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_enum_class
, 1);
18569 if (ENUM_IS_OPAQUE (type
))
18570 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18573 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
18576 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
18578 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
18579 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
18580 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
18581 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
18585 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
18586 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
18587 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
18589 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
18590 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
18593 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
18594 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
18595 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
18596 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
18598 for (link
= TYPE_VALUES (type
);
18599 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
18601 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
18602 tree value
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
18604 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
18605 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
18607 if (TREE_CODE (value
) == CONST_DECL
)
18608 value
= DECL_INITIAL (value
);
18610 if (host_integerp (value
, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
))))
18611 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
18612 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
18613 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
18614 values as if they were signed. That means that
18615 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
18616 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
18617 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
18618 tree_low_cst (value
, tree_int_cst_sgn (value
) > 0));
18622 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18624 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18625 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
18630 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
18631 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
18634 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
18635 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
18636 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
18637 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
18638 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
18639 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
18640 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
18641 argument type of some subprogram type.
18642 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
18646 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, tree origin
, bool emit_name_p
,
18647 dw_die_ref context_die
)
18649 tree node_or_origin
= node
? node
: origin
;
18650 tree ultimate_origin
;
18651 dw_die_ref parm_die
18652 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
18654 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin
)))
18656 case tcc_declaration
:
18657 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin
);
18658 if (node
|| ultimate_origin
)
18659 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
18660 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18661 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
18662 else if (emit_name_p
)
18663 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
18665 || (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin
)
18666 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin
),
18667 decl_function_context
18668 (node_or_origin
))))
18670 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin
);
18671 if (decl_by_reference_p (node_or_origin
))
18672 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0,
18675 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, type
,
18676 TREE_READONLY (node_or_origin
),
18677 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node_or_origin
),
18680 if (origin
== NULL
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
18681 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18683 if (node
&& node
!= origin
)
18684 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
18685 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin
))
18686 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
,
18692 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
18693 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
, 0, 0, context_die
);
18697 gcc_unreachable ();
18703 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
18704 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
18707 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
18708 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
18709 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
18710 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
18711 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
18712 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
18715 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
18717 dw_die_ref subr_die
,
18721 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die
;
18723 gcc_assert (parm_pack
18724 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack
)
18727 parm_pack_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
, subr_die
, parm_pack
);
18728 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die
, parm_pack
);
18730 for (arg
= pack_arg
; arg
; arg
= DECL_CHAIN (arg
))
18732 if (! lang_hooks
.decls
.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg
,
18735 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg
, NULL
,
18736 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
18741 return parm_pack_die
;
18744 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
18745 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
18748 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18750 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
18753 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
18754 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
18755 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
18756 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
18759 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18762 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
18763 tree first_parm_type
;
18766 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
18768 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
18769 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
18774 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
18776 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
18777 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
18778 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
18780 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
18782 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
18783 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
18786 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
18787 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, NULL
,
18788 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
18790 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
18791 && link
== first_parm_type
)
18793 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18794 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18795 add_AT_die_ref (context_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
, parm_die
);
18797 else if (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
))
18798 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18800 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
18802 arg
= DECL_CHAIN (arg
);
18805 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
18806 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
18807 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
18808 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
18810 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
18811 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
18812 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
18813 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
18814 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
18815 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
18818 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
18819 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
18820 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
18821 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
18822 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
18825 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18827 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
18829 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
18830 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
18831 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
18832 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
18833 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
18835 dw_die_ref type_die
;
18836 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member
));
18838 push_decl_scope (type
);
18839 type_die
= lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (type
);
18840 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
18841 gen_subprogram_die (member
, type_die
);
18842 else if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FIELD_DECL
)
18844 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
18845 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
18846 if (DECL_NAME (member
) != NULL_TREE
18847 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == UNION_TYPE
18848 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
18850 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member
), type_die
);
18851 gen_field_die (member
, type_die
);
18855 gen_variable_die (member
, NULL_TREE
, type_die
);
18861 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
18862 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
18865 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
18867 dw_die_ref old_die
;
18871 htab_t old_decl_loc_table
;
18873 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
18874 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
18876 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
18877 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
18878 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
18881 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
18882 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
18883 get locations in abstract instantces. */
18884 old_decl_loc_table
= decl_loc_table
;
18885 decl_loc_table
= NULL
;
18887 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
18888 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
18889 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18891 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
18893 gen_type_die_for_member
18894 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die ());
18897 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
18898 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
18899 current_function_decl
= decl
;
18900 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl
));
18902 was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
18903 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
18904 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
18905 if (! was_abstract
)
18906 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
18908 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
18909 decl_loc_table
= old_decl_loc_table
;
18913 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
18916 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
18917 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
18920 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
18925 type
= (tree
) *slot
;
18926 die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
18928 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
18932 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
18933 through htab_traverse.
18935 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
18936 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
18937 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
18940 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot
,
18941 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
18943 struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*entry
;
18946 entry
= (struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*) *slot
;
18947 gcc_assert (entry
->type
!= NULL
18948 && entry
->var_decl
!= NULL
);
18949 die
= lookup_type_die (entry
->type
);
18952 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
18953 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
18954 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_get_node (entry
->var_decl
);
18955 if (node
&& node
->needed
)
18957 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
18958 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
18959 while ((die
= die
->die_parent
) && die
->die_perennial_p
== 0)
18960 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
18966 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
18969 premark_used_types (void)
18971 if (cfun
&& cfun
->used_types_hash
)
18972 htab_traverse (cfun
->used_types_hash
, premark_used_types_helper
, NULL
);
18975 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
18978 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
18980 if (types_used_by_vars_hash
)
18981 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash
,
18982 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper
, NULL
);
18985 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
18989 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18991 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
18992 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
18994 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
18995 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
18996 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
18998 premark_used_types ();
19000 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
19001 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
19002 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
19003 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
19004 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
19006 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
19007 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
19010 gcc_assert (!old_die
);
19013 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
19014 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
19015 if (!declaration
&& !origin
&& !old_die
19016 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
19017 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
19018 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19019 old_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
19021 if (origin
!= NULL
)
19023 gcc_assert (!declaration
|| local_scope_p (context_die
));
19025 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
19026 inline function. */
19027 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
19028 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
19030 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
19031 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
19035 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
19036 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
19038 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
19039 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
19040 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
19041 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
19042 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
19044 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
19045 something we have already output. */
19049 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
19050 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
19051 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
19052 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
19053 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
19054 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
19055 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
19056 if ((is_cu_die (old_die
->die_parent
) || context_die
== NULL
)
19057 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
19058 || (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
19059 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
19060 == (unsigned) s
.line
))))
19062 subr_die
= old_die
;
19064 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
19065 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
19066 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
19067 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
19068 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
19069 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
19070 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
);
19071 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
19075 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
19076 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
19077 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
19078 add_AT_file (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
19079 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
19080 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
19085 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
19087 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
19088 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
19090 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
19091 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19093 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
19094 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
19095 0, 0, context_die
);
19098 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
19099 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
19100 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19102 add_accessibility_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
19107 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
19109 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19111 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
19112 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
19113 if (lang_hooks
.decls
.function_decl_explicit_p (decl
)
19114 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
19115 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_explicit
, 1);
19117 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
19118 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
19119 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
19120 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
19122 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
19123 later reused to represent definition. */
19124 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
19127 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
19129 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
19131 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
19132 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
19134 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
19138 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
19139 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
19141 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
19144 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
)
19145 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)))
19146 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19148 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
19150 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19152 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset
;
19154 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
19155 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
19157 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
19159 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[current_funcdef_fde
];
19160 if (fde
->dw_fde_begin
)
19162 /* We have already generated the labels. */
19163 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
);
19164 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, fde
->dw_fde_end
);
19168 /* Create start/end labels and add the range. */
19169 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
19170 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
19171 current_function_funcdef_no
);
19172 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
19173 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
19174 current_function_funcdef_no
);
19175 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
19178 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
19179 /* HP OpenVMS Industry Standard 64: DWARF Extensions
19180 Section 2.3 Prologue and Epilogue Attributes:
19181 When a breakpoint is set on entry to a function, it is generally
19182 desirable for execution to be suspended, not on the very first
19183 instruction of the function, but rather at a point after the
19184 function's frame has been set up, after any language defined local
19185 declaration processing has been completed, and before execution of
19186 the first statement of the function begins. Debuggers generally
19187 cannot properly determine where this point is. Similarly for a
19188 breakpoint set on exit from a function. The prologue and epilogue
19189 attributes allow a compiler to communicate the location(s) to use. */
19192 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
)
19193 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die
, DW_AT_HP_prologue
,
19194 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
);
19196 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
)
19197 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die
, DW_AT_HP_epilogue
,
19198 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
);
19202 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
19203 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
19206 { /* Generate pubnames entries for the split function code
19208 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[current_funcdef_fde
];
19210 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
19212 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19214 /* We should use ranges for non-contiguous code section
19215 addresses. Use the actual code range for the initial
19216 section, since the HOT/COLD labels might precede an
19217 alignment offset. */
19218 bool range_list_added
= false;
19219 if (fde
->in_std_section
)
19221 add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die
,
19224 &range_list_added
);
19225 add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die
,
19226 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
19227 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
,
19228 &range_list_added
);
19232 add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die
,
19235 &range_list_added
);
19236 add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die
,
19237 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
19238 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
,
19239 &range_list_added
);
19241 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
19242 if (range_list_added
)
19247 /* There is no real support in DW2 for this .. so we make
19248 a work-around. First, emit the pub name for the segment
19249 containing the function label. Then make and emit a
19250 simplified subprogram DIE for the second segment with the
19251 name pre-fixed by __hot/cold_sect_of_. We use the same
19252 linkage name for the second die so that gdb will find both
19253 sections when given "b foo". */
19254 const char *name
= NULL
;
19255 tree decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
19256 dw_die_ref seg_die
;
19258 /* Do the 'primary' section. */
19259 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
,
19260 fde
->dw_fde_begin
);
19261 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
,
19264 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
19265 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
19267 /* Build a minimal DIE for the secondary section. */
19268 seg_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
,
19269 subr_die
->die_parent
, decl
);
19271 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
19272 add_AT_flag (seg_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
19274 if (decl_name
!= NULL
19275 && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
19277 name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
19278 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
19279 add_src_coords_attributes (seg_die
, decl
);
19281 add_linkage_name (seg_die
, decl
);
19283 gcc_assert (name
!=NULL
);
19284 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (seg_die
, decl
);
19285 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
19286 add_AT_flag (seg_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19288 if (fde
->in_std_section
)
19290 name
= concat ("__cold_sect_of_", name
, NULL
);
19291 add_AT_lbl_id (seg_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
,
19292 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
);
19293 add_AT_lbl_id (seg_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
,
19294 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
);
19298 name
= concat ("__hot_sect_of_", name
, NULL
);
19299 add_AT_lbl_id (seg_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
,
19300 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
);
19301 add_AT_lbl_id (seg_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
,
19302 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
);
19304 add_name_attribute (seg_die
, name
);
19305 add_pubname_string (name
, seg_die
);
19306 add_arange (decl
, seg_die
);
19311 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
);
19312 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, fde
->dw_fde_end
);
19313 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
19314 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
19318 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
19319 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
19320 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
19323 cfa_fb_offset
= CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl
);
19325 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
19326 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
19327 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
19328 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
19329 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
19330 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
19331 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
19333 if (dwarf_version
>= 3)
19335 dw_loc_descr_ref op
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
, 0, 0);
19336 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, op
);
19340 dw_loc_list_ref list
= convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset
);
19341 if (list
->dw_loc_next
)
19342 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
);
19344 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
->expr
);
19347 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
19348 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
19349 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
19350 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
19351 by this displacement. */
19352 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset
);
19354 if (cfun
->static_chain_decl
)
19355 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
19356 loc_list_from_tree (cfun
->static_chain_decl
, 2));
19359 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
19360 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19361 gen_generic_params_dies (decl
);
19363 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
19364 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
19365 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
19366 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
19367 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
19368 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
19369 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
19370 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
19371 an ellipsis at the end. */
19373 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
19374 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
19375 its formal parameters. */
19376 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19378 else if (declaration
)
19379 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
19382 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
19383 tree parm
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
19384 tree generic_decl
= lang_hooks
.decls
.get_generic_function_decl (decl
);
19385 tree generic_decl_parm
= generic_decl
19386 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl
)
19389 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
19390 emit their relevant DIEs.
19392 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
19393 as well as it being a normal function.
19395 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
19396 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
19397 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
19398 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
19399 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
19400 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
19401 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
19402 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
19403 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
19406 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
19407 while (generic_decl_parm
|| parm
)
19409 if (generic_decl_parm
19410 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm
))
19411 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm
,
19416 dw_die_ref parm_die
= gen_decl_die (parm
, NULL
, subr_die
);
19418 if (parm
== DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
)
19419 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == METHOD_TYPE
19421 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
19422 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
, parm_die
);
19424 parm
= DECL_CHAIN (parm
);
19427 if (generic_decl_parm
)
19428 generic_decl_parm
= DECL_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm
);
19431 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
19432 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
19433 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
19434 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
19435 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
19436 parameters at all. */
19437 if (prototype_p (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
19439 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
19440 if (stdarg_p (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
19441 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
19443 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
19444 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
19447 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
19448 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
19449 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
19451 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
19452 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
19453 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
19454 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
19455 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
19456 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
19457 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
19459 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
19460 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
19461 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
19462 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
19463 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
19464 constructor function. */
19465 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
19467 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
19468 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl
)))
19469 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl
), NULL
, subr_die
);
19471 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
19472 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
19474 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
19475 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
19479 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
19482 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
19484 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
19485 return (hashval_t
) d
->decl_id
^ htab_hash_pointer (d
->die_parent
);
19488 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
19489 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
19492 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
19494 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
19495 const_dw_die_ref e
= (const_dw_die_ref
) y
;
19496 return d
->decl_id
== e
->decl_id
&& d
->die_parent
== e
->die_parent
;
19499 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
19500 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
19503 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19507 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
19508 tree ultimate_origin
;
19509 dw_die_ref var_die
;
19510 dw_die_ref old_die
= decl
? lookup_decl_die (decl
) : NULL
;
19511 dw_die_ref origin_die
;
19512 bool declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin
)
19513 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
19514 bool specialization_p
= false;
19516 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
19517 if (decl
|| ultimate_origin
)
19518 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
19519 com_decl
= fortran_common (decl_or_origin
, &off
);
19521 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
19522 of a data member. */
19525 dw_die_ref com_die
;
19526 dw_loc_list_ref loc
;
19527 die_node com_die_arg
;
19529 var_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
19532 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
)
19534 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, off
? 1 : 2);
19539 /* Optimize the common case. */
19540 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
19541 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
19542 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
19543 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
)
19545 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
19546 = plus_constant (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
19548 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
19550 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
19551 remove_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
19557 if (common_block_die_table
== NULL
)
19558 common_block_die_table
19559 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash
,
19560 common_block_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
19562 com_die_arg
.decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
19563 com_die_arg
.die_parent
= context_die
;
19564 com_die
= (dw_die_ref
) htab_find (common_block_die_table
, &com_die_arg
);
19565 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
19566 if (com_die
== NULL
)
19569 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl
));
19572 com_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_common_block
, context_die
, decl
);
19573 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die
, com_decl
);
19576 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
19577 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
19578 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
19579 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
19581 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19582 add_AT_flag (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19583 add_pubname_string (cnam
, com_die
); /* ??? needed? */
19584 com_die
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
19585 slot
= htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table
, com_die
, INSERT
);
19586 *slot
= (void *) com_die
;
19588 else if (get_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
&& loc
)
19590 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
19591 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
19592 remove_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
19594 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, com_die
, decl
);
19595 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
19596 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
19597 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
19598 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
19603 /* Optimize the common case. */
19604 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
19605 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
19606 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
19607 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
19608 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
19609 = plus_constant (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
19611 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
19613 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
19615 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19616 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19617 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
19621 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
19622 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
19623 DIE for it again. Allow re-declarations of DECLs that are
19624 inside functions, though. */
19625 if (old_die
&& declaration
&& !local_scope_p (context_die
))
19628 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
19629 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
19630 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
19631 if (declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
19632 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
19634 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
19637 if (origin
!= NULL
)
19638 origin_die
= add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
19640 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
19641 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
19643 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
19644 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
19647 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
19649 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
19650 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
19651 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
19653 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
) && ! declaration
19654 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
19656 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
19657 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
19658 specialization_p
= true;
19659 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
19661 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
19662 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
19664 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
19665 add_AT_file (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
19667 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
19668 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
19670 if (old_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_member
)
19671 add_linkage_name (var_die
, decl
);
19675 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
19677 if ((origin
== NULL
&& !specialization_p
)
19679 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin
)
19680 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
),
19681 decl_function_context
19682 (decl_or_origin
))))
19684 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
);
19686 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
19687 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
19689 add_type_attribute (var_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl_or_origin
),
19690 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
19693 if (origin
== NULL
&& !specialization_p
)
19695 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
19696 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
19698 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
19699 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19701 add_accessibility_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
19705 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19707 if (decl
&& (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) || declaration
|| old_die
== NULL
))
19708 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
19711 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin
)
19712 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
19713 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
19715 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
19716 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
19717 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin
)))
19718 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
19719 to add it again. */
19720 && (origin_die
== NULL
|| get_AT (origin_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
))
19722 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
&& TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
19723 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin
)))
19724 defer_location (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
19726 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
,
19729 add_pubname (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
19732 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die
, decl_or_origin
);
19735 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
19738 gen_const_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19740 dw_die_ref const_die
;
19741 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
19743 const_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_constant
, context_die
, decl
);
19744 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die
, decl
);
19745 add_type_attribute (const_die
, type
, 1, 0, context_die
);
19746 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
19747 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
19748 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
19749 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19750 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die
, decl
);
19753 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
19756 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19758 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
19759 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
19761 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
19763 if (origin
!= NULL
)
19764 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
19766 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
19768 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
19769 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
19772 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
19774 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
19775 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
19776 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
19780 && NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
19782 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
19783 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
19784 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
19785 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
19786 it if it ever does happen. */
19787 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn
));
19789 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
19790 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
19795 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
19796 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
19797 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
19800 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
19802 expanded_location s
= expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt
));
19804 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19806 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_call_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
19807 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_line
, s
.line
);
19812 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19813 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
19816 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
19818 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
19820 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
)
19821 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
19825 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
))
19827 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
19828 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
19829 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
19832 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
19834 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
19837 add_ranges (chain
);
19838 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
19845 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
19846 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
19847 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
19848 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
19849 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
19850 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
19854 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
19857 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
19859 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
19861 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
19862 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, stmt_die
);
19864 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
19867 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
19870 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
19874 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
19876 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
));
19878 decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
19880 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
19881 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
19882 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
19883 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
19884 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
19886 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
19888 dw_die_ref subr_die
19889 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
19891 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
19892 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
19893 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
19894 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
19896 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
19897 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
19901 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
19904 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19906 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
19908 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
19911 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
19912 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
19913 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
19914 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
19917 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
19919 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
19920 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
19921 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
19924 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
19925 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
19927 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
19928 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19930 add_accessibility_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
19932 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
19933 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
19937 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
19938 Use modified_type_die instead.
19939 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
19940 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
19943 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19946 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
19948 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
19949 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
19950 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
19953 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
19954 Use modified_type_die instead.
19955 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
19956 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
19959 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19961 dw_die_ref ref_die
, scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
19963 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type
) && dwarf_version
>= 4)
19964 ref_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
, scope_die
, type
);
19966 ref_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die
, type
);
19968 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
19969 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
19970 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
19974 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
19977 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19980 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
19981 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
19983 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
19984 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
19985 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
19986 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
19989 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
19992 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
19995 char producer
[250];
19996 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
19999 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
20003 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
20004 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
20005 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
) && filename
[0] != '<')
20006 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
20009 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
20011 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
20012 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
20013 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
20014 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
20015 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
20016 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
20017 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
20018 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20019 strcat (producer
, " -g");
20022 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
20024 /* If our producer is LTO try to figure out a common language to use
20025 from the global list of translation units. */
20026 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU GIMPLE") == 0)
20030 const char *common_lang
= NULL
;
20032 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tree
, all_translation_units
, i
, t
)
20034 if (!TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
))
20037 common_lang
= TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
);
20038 else if (strcmp (common_lang
, TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
)) == 0)
20040 else if (strncmp (common_lang
, "GNU C", 5) == 0
20041 && strncmp (TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
), "GNU C", 5) == 0)
20042 /* Mixing C and C++ is ok, use C++ in that case. */
20043 common_lang
= "GNU C++";
20046 /* Fall back to C. */
20047 common_lang
= NULL
;
20053 language_string
= common_lang
;
20056 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
20057 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
20058 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
20059 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
20060 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
20061 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
20062 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
20063 else if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
20065 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
20066 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
20067 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
20068 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran95
;
20069 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
20070 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
20071 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
20072 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC
;
20073 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
20074 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
20077 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
20081 case DW_LANG_Fortran77
:
20082 case DW_LANG_Fortran90
:
20083 case DW_LANG_Fortran95
:
20084 /* Fortran has case insensitive identifiers and the front-end
20085 lowercases everything. */
20086 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_identifier_case
, DW_ID_down_case
);
20089 /* The default DW_ID_case_sensitive doesn't need to be specified. */
20095 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
20098 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20100 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
20102 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
20103 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
20105 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo
))
20106 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
20108 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
20109 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
20110 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_private. */
20111 if (access
== access_public_node
)
20113 if (dwarf_version
== 2
20114 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
)
20115 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
20117 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
20118 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
20119 else if (dwarf_version
> 2
20120 && context_die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
20121 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
20124 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
20127 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20130 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
20133 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
20134 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
20135 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
20136 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
20137 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
20138 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
20139 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
20140 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
20141 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
20142 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
20143 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
20145 /* First output info about the base classes. */
20148 VEC(tree
,gc
) *accesses
= BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo
);
20152 for (i
= 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo
, i
, base
); i
++)
20153 gen_inheritance_die (base
,
20154 (accesses
? VEC_index (tree
, accesses
, i
)
20155 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
20158 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
20159 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= DECL_CHAIN (member
))
20161 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
20162 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
20163 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
20164 do put them in the right order. */
20166 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
20168 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
20170 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
20173 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
20174 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= DECL_CHAIN (member
))
20176 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
20177 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
20180 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
20182 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
20184 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
20188 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
20189 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
20190 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
20193 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
20194 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
20196 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
20197 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
20199 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
20200 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
20201 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
20202 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
20203 complete
= complete
&& should_emit_struct_debug (type
, usage
);
20205 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
20208 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
20209 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
20210 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
20213 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
20215 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& is_cu_die (scope_die
)))
20216 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
20218 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
20220 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
20221 ? record_type_tag (type
) : DW_TAG_union_type
,
20223 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
20225 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
20227 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
20230 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
20232 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
20233 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
20234 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type
))
20235 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (type
);
20237 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
20238 then give a list of members. */
20239 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
20241 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
20242 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
20243 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
20244 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
20245 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
20247 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
20248 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
20251 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
20252 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
20253 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
20254 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
20256 push_decl_scope (type
);
20257 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
20260 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
20261 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
20263 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
20265 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
20266 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
20267 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
20272 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
20274 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
20275 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
20276 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
20277 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, incomplete_types
, type
);
20280 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
20281 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
20284 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
20287 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20289 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
20290 dw_die_ref subr_die
20291 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
20292 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
20294 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
20295 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
20296 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
20297 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
20299 if (get_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_name
))
20300 add_pubtype (type
, subr_die
);
20303 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
20306 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20308 dw_die_ref type_die
;
20311 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
20314 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
20315 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
20316 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
20317 if (origin
!= NULL
)
20318 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
20323 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
20324 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
20326 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
20328 gcc_assert (type
!= TREE_TYPE (decl
));
20329 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
20333 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
20335 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
20337 /* Here, we are in the case of decl being a typedef naming
20338 an anonymous type, e.g:
20339 typedef struct {...} foo;
20340 In that case TREE_TYPE (decl) is not a typedef variant
20341 type and TYPE_NAME of the anonymous type is set to the
20342 TYPE_DECL of the typedef. This construct is emitted by
20345 TYPE is the anonymous struct named by the typedef
20346 DECL. As we need the DW_AT_type attribute of the
20347 DW_TAG_typedef to point to the DIE of TYPE, let's
20348 generate that DIE right away. add_type_attribute
20349 called below will then pick (via lookup_type_die) that
20350 anonymous struct DIE. */
20351 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
20352 gen_tagged_type_die (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
20356 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
20357 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
20359 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (decl
))
20360 /* We want that all subsequent calls to lookup_type_die with
20361 TYPE in argument yield the DW_TAG_typedef we have just
20363 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
20365 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, decl
);
20368 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
20369 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
20371 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
20372 add_pubtype (decl
, type_die
);
20375 /* Generate a DIE for a struct, class, enum or union type. */
20378 gen_tagged_type_die (tree type
,
20379 dw_die_ref context_die
,
20380 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
20384 if (type
== NULL_TREE
20385 || !is_tagged_type (type
))
20388 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
20389 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
20390 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
20391 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
20392 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
20393 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
20394 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
20395 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
20396 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
20398 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
, usage
);
20400 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
20403 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
20404 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
20405 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
20408 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
20409 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
20411 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
20412 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
20413 decls_for_scope. */
20414 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
20415 /* A declaration DIE doesn't count; nested types need to go in the
20417 if (context_die
&& is_declaration_die (context_die
))
20418 context_die
= NULL
;
20423 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
20427 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
20429 /* This might have been written out by the call to
20430 declare_in_namespace. */
20431 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
20432 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20435 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
20440 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
20441 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
20442 when appropriate. */
20445 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
20448 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
20449 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
20451 struct array_descr_info info
;
20453 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
20456 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != NULL_TREE
20457 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
20458 && is_redundant_typedef (TYPE_NAME (type
))
20459 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
20460 /* The DECL of this type is a typedef we don't want to emit debug
20461 info for but we want debug info for its underlying typedef.
20462 This can happen for e.g, the injected-class-name of a C++
20464 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
));
20466 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
20467 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
20468 if (typedef_variant_p (type
))
20470 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
20473 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
20474 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) != type
);
20476 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
20477 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
20478 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))
20479 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
20480 context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
20482 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
20484 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), NULL
, context_die
);
20488 /* If type is an anonymous tagged type named by a typedef, let's
20489 generate debug info for the typedef. */
20490 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
20492 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
20493 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
20494 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))
20495 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
20496 context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
20498 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), NULL
, context_die
);
20502 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
20503 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
)
20504 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info
20505 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info (type
, &info
)
20506 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
20508 gen_descr_array_type_die (type
, &info
, context_die
);
20509 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
20513 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
20514 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
20515 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
20516 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
20517 cloned type itself). */
20518 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
20519 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
20521 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
20524 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
20530 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
20531 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
20532 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
20533 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
20534 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
20536 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
20538 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
20539 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
20540 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
20541 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
20545 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
20546 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
20547 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
,
20548 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
20550 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
20551 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
20552 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
20554 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
20556 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20559 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
20560 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
20561 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
20562 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
20563 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20567 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
20568 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
20569 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
20570 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20574 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20578 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20581 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
20584 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
20585 gen_tagged_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
20591 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
20594 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
20599 /* Just use DW_TAG_unspecified_type. */
20601 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
20602 if (type_die
== NULL
)
20604 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
20605 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
20606 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
20607 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
20608 add_name_attribute (type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
20609 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
20615 gcc_unreachable ();
20618 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
20622 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20624 gen_type_die_with_usage (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
20627 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
20628 things which are local to the given block. */
20631 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
20633 int must_output_die
= 0;
20636 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
20637 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
20640 inlined_func
= inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
);
20642 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
20643 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
20644 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
20645 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
20649 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
20650 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
20655 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
20658 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
20659 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
20660 must_output_die
= 1;
20663 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
20664 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
20665 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20666 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
20667 as being a "significant" one. */
20668 must_output_die
= ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
20669 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
))
20670 && (TREE_USED (stmt
)
20671 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
20672 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)));
20673 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt
)
20674 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
20675 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
20676 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt
))
20677 must_output_die
= 1;
20680 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
20681 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
20682 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
20683 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
20684 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
20685 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
20686 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
20687 if (must_output_die
)
20691 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
20692 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
20693 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
20694 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
20695 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
20696 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
20697 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
20698 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
20700 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
20701 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
20702 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
20703 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
20704 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
20705 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
20708 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
20711 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
20714 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
20715 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
20717 process_scope_var (tree stmt
, tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20720 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
20722 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
20723 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
20724 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == TYPE_DECL
20725 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin
))
20726 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
));
20730 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
20731 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
20732 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
20733 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin
, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin
),
20734 stmt
, context_die
);
20736 gen_decl_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
20739 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
20740 all of its sub-blocks. */
20743 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
20749 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
20750 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
20753 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
20754 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
20755 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
20756 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
20757 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= DECL_CHAIN (decl
))
20758 process_scope_var (stmt
, decl
, NULL_TREE
, context_die
);
20759 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
); i
++)
20760 process_scope_var (stmt
, NULL
, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt
, i
),
20763 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
20764 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20767 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
20768 therein) of this block. */
20769 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
20771 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
20772 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
20775 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
20778 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl
)
20780 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
20783 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
20784 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
20785 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
20786 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
20787 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
20788 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
20794 /* Return TRUE if TYPE is a typedef that names a type for linkage
20795 purposes. This kind of typedefs is produced by the C++ FE for
20798 typedef struct {...} foo;
20800 In that case, there is no typedef variant type produced for foo.
20801 Rather, the TREE_TYPE of the TYPE_DECL of foo is the anonymous
20805 is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree decl
)
20807 if (decl
== NULL_TREE
20808 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != TYPE_DECL
20809 || !is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
20810 || DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
)
20811 || is_redundant_typedef (decl
)
20812 /* It looks like Ada produces TYPE_DECLs that are very similar
20813 to C++ naming typedefs but that have different
20814 semantics. Let's be specific to c++ for now. */
20818 return (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
) == NULL_TREE
20819 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == decl
20820 && (TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
20821 != TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
20824 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
20826 static inline dw_die_ref
20827 get_context_die (tree context
)
20831 /* Find die that represents this context. */
20832 if (TYPE_P (context
))
20833 return force_type_die (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context
));
20835 return force_decl_die (context
);
20837 return comp_unit_die ();
20840 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
20843 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
20845 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
20846 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
20847 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
20848 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
20851 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
20853 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
20857 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
20859 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
20860 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
20861 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
20862 declaration die. */
20863 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
20864 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
20865 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
20866 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
20870 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
20871 gen_decl_die() call. */
20872 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
20873 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
20874 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
20875 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
20878 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
20879 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
20880 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
20882 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
20883 decl_die
= comp_unit_die ();
20886 case TRANSLATION_UNIT_DECL
:
20887 decl_die
= comp_unit_die ();
20891 gcc_unreachable ();
20894 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
20896 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
20897 gcc_assert (decl_die
);
20903 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
20904 always returned. */
20907 force_type_die (tree type
)
20909 dw_die_ref type_die
;
20911 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
20914 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
20916 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, TYPE_READONLY (type
),
20917 TYPE_VOLATILE (type
), context_die
);
20918 gcc_assert (type_die
);
20923 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
20924 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
20927 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20929 tree context
= (DECL_P (thing
)
20930 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
));
20931 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
20932 /* Force out the namespace. */
20933 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
20935 return context_die
;
20938 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
20939 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
20941 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
20942 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
20945 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20947 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
20949 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20950 return context_die
;
20952 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
20953 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
20954 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
20955 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing
))
20956 return context_die
;
20958 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
20960 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
20964 if (DECL_P (thing
))
20965 gen_decl_die (thing
, NULL
, ns_context
);
20967 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
20969 return context_die
;
20972 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
20975 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20977 dw_die_ref namespace_die
;
20979 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
20980 they are an alias of. */
20981 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
20983 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
20984 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die ());
20985 namespace_die
= new_die (is_fortran ()
20986 ? DW_TAG_module
: DW_TAG_namespace
,
20987 context_die
, decl
);
20988 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
20989 if (namespace_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
&& DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
20991 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
20993 add_name_attribute (namespace_die
, name
);
20996 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
20997 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
20998 add_AT_flag (namespace_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
20999 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
21003 /* Output a namespace alias. */
21005 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
21006 dw_die_ref origin_die
21007 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
21009 if (DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (decl
)
21010 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
21011 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die ());
21012 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
21013 namespace_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
21014 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
21015 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
21016 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
21020 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL.
21021 The return value is currently only meaningful for PARM_DECLs,
21022 for all other decls it returns NULL. */
21025 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21027 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
21028 tree class_origin
= NULL
, ultimate_origin
;
21030 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin
))
21033 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
))
21039 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada ())
21041 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
21042 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
21046 /* Emit its type. */
21047 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
21049 /* And its containing namespace. */
21050 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
21052 gen_const_die (decl
, context_die
);
21055 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
21056 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
21057 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
21058 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin
) == NULL_TREE
21059 && DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (decl_or_origin
)
21060 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
21061 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin
)))
21066 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
21067 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
21068 if (current_function_decl
!= decl
)
21069 /* This is only a declaration. */;
21072 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
21073 if (origin
|| DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
21074 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
21075 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin
)
21076 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
21078 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
21079 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
21080 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
21081 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
21082 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
21083 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
21084 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
21085 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
21086 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
21088 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
21089 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
21092 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
21093 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21095 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
21096 have its containing type. */
21098 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
21099 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
21100 gen_type_die (origin
, context_die
);
21102 /* And its return type. */
21103 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
21105 /* And its virtual context. */
21106 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
21107 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
21109 /* Make sure we have a member DIE for decl. */
21110 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
21111 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
21113 /* And its containing namespace. */
21114 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
21117 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
21119 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
21123 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
21124 actual typedefs. */
21125 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21128 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
21129 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
21130 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
21131 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
21132 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
21133 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
21134 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
21135 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
21136 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
21138 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
21141 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
21142 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
21144 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
21145 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
21149 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
21150 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
21155 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
21156 variable declarations or definitions. */
21157 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21160 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
21162 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
21163 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
21165 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
21167 /* And its containing type. */
21168 class_origin
= decl_class_context (decl_or_origin
);
21169 if (class_origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
21170 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin
, decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
21172 /* And its containing namespace. */
21173 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
21175 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
21176 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
21177 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
21179 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
21180 if (ultimate_origin
!= NULL_TREE
21181 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
21182 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
21183 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
21186 gen_variable_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
21190 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
21191 anonymous unions and structs. */
21192 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
21193 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
21194 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
21196 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
21197 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
21202 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin
))
21203 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
21205 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
21206 return gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
21207 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
21210 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
21211 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
21212 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
21213 gen_namespace_die (decl
, context_die
);
21217 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
21218 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
);
21225 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
21226 compilation proper has finished. */
21229 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
21231 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
21232 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
21233 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
21234 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
21235 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
21236 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
21239 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
21240 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
21242 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl
, int local
)
21245 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
21248 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
21249 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
21250 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
21251 that DECL belongs to.
21252 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
21254 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl
,
21256 tree lexical_block
,
21257 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die
)
21259 expanded_location xloc
;
21260 dw_die_ref imported_die
= NULL
;
21261 dw_die_ref at_import_die
;
21263 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
21265 xloc
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
21266 decl
= IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl
);
21270 xloc
= expand_location (input_location
);
21272 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == CONST_DECL
)
21274 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
21275 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
21276 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
21277 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
21278 if (!at_import_die
)
21280 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
);
21281 gen_typedef_die (decl
, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)));
21282 at_import_die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
21283 gcc_assert (at_import_die
);
21288 at_import_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
21289 if (!at_import_die
)
21291 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
21292 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
21293 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
)
21295 tree type
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
21297 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
21298 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
21299 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
),
21300 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
21302 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, decl
,
21303 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)));
21305 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
21309 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
21311 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
21312 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
,
21319 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
,
21323 add_AT_file (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (xloc
.file
));
21324 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, xloc
.line
);
21326 add_AT_string (imported_die
, DW_AT_name
,
21327 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
21328 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
21331 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
21332 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
21333 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
21334 importing whole module. */
21337 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree name
, tree context
,
21340 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
21341 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
21343 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21348 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
21349 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
21352 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
21353 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
21355 && TYPE_P (context
)
21356 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
21359 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
21362 scope_die
= get_context_die (context
);
21366 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
);
21367 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_imported_module
);
21368 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) != NAMESPACE_DECL
);
21369 scope_die
= scope_die
->die_child
;
21372 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
21373 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl
, name
, context
, scope_die
);
21377 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
21380 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
21382 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die ();
21384 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
21389 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
21390 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
21391 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
21392 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
21393 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
21394 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
21395 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
21396 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
21397 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
21398 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
21399 with the definition of the function.
21401 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
21402 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
21403 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
21404 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
21405 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
21406 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
21407 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
21408 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
21409 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
21410 that they *are* definitions).
21412 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
21413 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
21414 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
21415 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
21416 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
21417 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
21420 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
21421 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
21422 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
21423 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
21424 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
21425 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21426 context_die
= NULL
;
21430 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
21431 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
21432 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
21433 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
21434 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
21435 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
21436 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
21437 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
21438 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
21441 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
21442 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
21443 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
21445 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
21446 variable declarations or definitions. */
21447 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21452 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21454 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada ())
21456 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
21457 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
21460 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
21461 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
21462 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21464 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
21469 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
21470 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
21473 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
21474 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
21475 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
))
21478 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
21479 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21482 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
21483 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
21484 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
21485 context_die
= NULL
;
21493 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
21496 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
21499 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl
)
21501 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
21503 htab_empty (decl_loc_table
);
21506 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
21507 a lexical block. */
21510 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
21511 unsigned int blocknum
)
21513 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
21514 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
21517 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
21521 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
21523 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
21524 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
21527 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
21528 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
21530 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
21531 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
21532 we may end up calling them anyway. */
21535 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block
)
21540 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= DECL_CHAIN (decl
))
21541 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
21542 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
21544 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block
); i
++)
21546 decl
= BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block
, i
);
21547 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
21548 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
21555 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
21558 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p
, const void *p2_p
)
21560 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p1
=
21561 (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p1_p
;
21562 const char *const p2
= (const char *) p2_p
;
21563 return strcmp (p1
->filename
, p2
) == 0;
21567 file_table_hash (const void *p_p
)
21569 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p
= (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p_p
;
21570 return htab_hash_string (p
->filename
);
21573 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
21574 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
21575 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
21576 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
21577 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
21578 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
21579 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
21580 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
21581 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
21584 static struct dwarf_file_data
*
21585 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
21588 struct dwarf_file_data
* created
;
21590 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
21591 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
21592 if (file_table_last_lookup
21593 && (file_name
== file_table_last_lookup
->filename
21594 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup
->filename
, file_name
) == 0))
21595 return file_table_last_lookup
;
21597 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
21598 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table
, file_name
,
21599 htab_hash_string (file_name
), INSERT
);
21601 return (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
21603 created
= ggc_alloc_dwarf_file_data ();
21604 created
->filename
= file_name
;
21605 created
->emitted_number
= 0;
21610 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
21611 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
21612 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
21613 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
21614 types, which may include filenames. */
21617 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
* fd
)
21619 if (! fd
->emitted_number
)
21621 if (last_emitted_file
)
21622 fd
->emitted_number
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
+ 1;
21624 fd
->emitted_number
= 1;
21625 last_emitted_file
= fd
;
21627 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
21629 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ", fd
->emitted_number
);
21630 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
21631 remap_debug_filename (fd
->filename
));
21632 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
21636 return fd
->emitted_number
;
21639 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
21640 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
21641 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
21644 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die
, tree arg
)
21646 die_arg_entry entry
;
21651 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
21652 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
21653 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry
, gc
, 32);
21657 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry
, gc
,
21658 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
,
21662 /* Return TRUE if T is an instance of generic type, FALSE
21666 generic_type_p (tree t
)
21668 if (t
== NULL_TREE
|| !TYPE_P (t
))
21670 return lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_parms (t
) != NULL_TREE
;
21673 /* Schedule the generation of the generic parameter dies for the
21674 instance of generic type T. The proper generation itself is later
21675 done by gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies. */
21678 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (tree t
)
21680 if (!generic_type_p (t
))
21683 if (generic_type_instances
== NULL
)
21684 generic_type_instances
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 256);
21686 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, generic_type_instances
, t
);
21689 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
21690 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
21691 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
21694 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
21696 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
21701 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (die_arg_entry
, tmpl_value_parm_die_table
, i
, e
)
21702 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e
->die
, e
->arg
);
21706 /* Generate generic parameters DIEs for instances of generic types
21707 that have been previously scheduled by
21708 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen. This function must be called
21709 after all the types of the CU have been laid out. */
21712 gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (void)
21717 if (generic_type_instances
== NULL
)
21720 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tree
, generic_type_instances
, i
, t
)
21721 gen_generic_params_dies (t
);
21725 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
21728 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl
, tree name
)
21734 die
= TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl
);
21738 dname
= dwarf2_name (name
, 0);
21742 attr
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_name
);
21745 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
21747 node
= find_AT_string (dname
);
21748 /* replace the string. */
21749 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
21753 add_name_attribute (die
, dname
);
21756 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call.
21757 Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call
21758 and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */
21761 dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ
)
21764 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (targ
);
21766 /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */
21770 e
.poc_label_num
= poc_label_num
++;
21771 e
.poc_decl
= current_function_decl
;
21772 e
.targ_die
= force_decl_die (targ
);
21773 VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry
, gc
, dcall_table
, &e
);
21775 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
21776 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LPOC", e
.poc_label_num
);
21779 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */
21782 vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x
)
21784 return (hashval_t
) ((const struct vcall_insn
*) x
)->insn_uid
;
21787 /* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as
21788 insnd_uid of *Y. */
21791 vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
21793 return (((const struct vcall_insn
*) x
)->insn_uid
21794 == ((const struct vcall_insn
*) y
)->insn_uid
);
21797 /* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */
21800 store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot
, int insn_uid
)
21802 struct vcall_insn
*item
= ggc_alloc_vcall_insn ();
21803 struct vcall_insn
**slot
;
21806 item
->insn_uid
= insn_uid
;
21807 item
->vtable_slot
= vtable_slot
;
21808 slot
= (struct vcall_insn
**)
21809 htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table
, &item
,
21810 (hashval_t
) insn_uid
, INSERT
);
21814 /* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */
21816 static unsigned int
21817 lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid
)
21819 struct vcall_insn item
;
21820 struct vcall_insn
*p
;
21822 item
.insn_uid
= insn_uid
;
21823 item
.vtable_slot
= 0;
21824 p
= (struct vcall_insn
*) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table
,
21826 (hashval_t
) insn_uid
);
21828 return (unsigned int) -1;
21829 return p
->vtable_slot
;
21833 /* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID
21834 and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token
21835 is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call
21839 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr
, int insn_uid
)
21841 if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr
) == OBJ_TYPE_REF
)
21843 tree token
= OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr
);
21844 if (TREE_CODE (token
) == INTEGER_CST
)
21845 store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token
), insn_uid
);
21849 /* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the
21850 OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it
21854 dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn
, rtx new_insn
)
21856 unsigned int vtable_slot
= lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn
));
21858 if (vtable_slot
!= (unsigned int) -1)
21859 store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot
, INSN_UID (new_insn
));
21862 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call.
21863 Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call
21864 and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member
21865 function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the
21866 lowering to RTL. */
21869 dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid
)
21871 unsigned int vtable_slot
= lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid
);
21874 if (vtable_slot
== (unsigned int) -1)
21877 e
.poc_label_num
= poc_label_num
++;
21878 e
.vtable_slot
= vtable_slot
;
21879 VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry
, gc
, vcall_table
, &e
);
21881 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
21882 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LPOC", e
.poc_label_num
);
21885 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
21886 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
21887 our lookup table. */
21890 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note
)
21892 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
+ 2];
21893 struct var_loc_node
*newloc
;
21895 static const char *last_label
;
21896 static const char *last_postcall_label
;
21897 static bool last_in_cold_section_p
;
21900 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
)))
21903 next_real
= next_real_insn (loc_note
);
21904 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
21905 don't do anything. */
21906 if (next_real
== NULL_RTX
&& !NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
21909 /* If there were any real insns between note we processed last time
21910 and this note (or if it is the first note), clear
21911 last_{,postcall_}label so that they are not reused this time. */
21912 if (last_var_location_insn
== NULL_RTX
21913 || last_var_location_insn
!= next_real
21914 || last_in_cold_section_p
!= in_cold_section_p
)
21917 last_postcall_label
= NULL
;
21920 decl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
);
21921 newloc
= add_var_loc_to_decl (decl
, loc_note
,
21922 NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
)
21923 ? last_postcall_label
: last_label
);
21924 if (newloc
== NULL
)
21927 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
21928 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. Otherwise
21929 create a new label and emit it. */
21930 if (last_label
== NULL
)
21932 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
21933 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
21935 last_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
21938 if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
21939 newloc
->label
= last_label
;
21942 if (!last_postcall_label
)
21944 sprintf (loclabel
, "%s-1", last_label
);
21945 last_postcall_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
21947 newloc
->label
= last_postcall_label
;
21950 last_var_location_insn
= next_real
;
21951 last_in_cold_section_p
= in_cold_section_p
;
21954 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
21955 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
21956 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
21957 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
21960 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun
)
21962 if (function_section (fun
) != text_section
)
21963 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
21964 else if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
&& !cold_text_section
)
21966 gcc_assert (current_function_decl
== fun
);
21967 cold_text_section
= unlikely_text_section ();
21968 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
21969 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, cold_text_section_label
);
21970 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
21973 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
21976 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
21977 and record information relating to this source line, in
21978 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
21981 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
,
21982 int discriminator
, bool is_stmt
)
21984 static bool last_is_stmt
= true;
21986 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
21989 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
21991 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
21993 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
21994 if (flag_debug_asm
)
21995 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
21998 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
22000 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
22001 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num
, line
);
22002 if (is_stmt
!= last_is_stmt
)
22004 fprintf (asm_out_file
, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt
? 1 : 0);
22005 last_is_stmt
= is_stmt
;
22007 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR
&& discriminator
!= 0)
22008 fprintf (asm_out_file
, " discriminator %d", discriminator
);
22009 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
22011 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
22012 line_info_table_in_use
++;
22014 else if (function_section (current_function_decl
) != text_section
)
22016 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
22017 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
,
22018 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
22019 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
22021 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
22022 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
22023 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
22025 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
22026 separate_line_info_table
22027 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry
,
22028 separate_line_info_table
,
22029 separate_line_info_table_allocated
);
22030 memset (separate_line_info_table
22031 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
22033 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
22034 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
22037 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
22039 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
22040 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
22041 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
22042 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
22046 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
22048 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
22049 line_info_table_in_use
);
22051 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
22052 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
22054 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
22056 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry
, line_info_table
,
22057 line_info_table_allocated
);
22058 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
22059 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
22062 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
22063 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
22064 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
22065 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
22070 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
22073 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
22075 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
22077 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
22078 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
22080 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die (), NULL
);
22081 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, remap_debug_filename (filename
));
22084 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
22087 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_start_file
;
22089 e
.info
= xstrdup (filename
);
22090 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry
, gc
, macinfo_table
, &e
);
22094 /* Record the end of a source file. */
22097 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22099 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
22100 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
22101 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die (), NULL
);
22103 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
22106 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_end_file
;
22109 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry
, gc
, macinfo_table
, &e
);
22113 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
22114 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
22115 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
22118 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
22119 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22121 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
22124 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_define
;
22126 e
.info
= xstrdup (buffer
);;
22127 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry
, gc
, macinfo_table
, &e
);
22131 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
22132 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
22133 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
22136 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
22137 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22139 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
22142 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_undef
;
22144 e
.info
= xstrdup (buffer
);;
22145 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry
, gc
, macinfo_table
, &e
);
22150 output_macinfo (void)
22153 unsigned long length
= VEC_length (macinfo_entry
, macinfo_table
);
22154 macinfo_entry
*ref
;
22159 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (macinfo_entry
, macinfo_table
, i
, ref
); i
++)
22163 case DW_MACINFO_start_file
:
22165 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (ref
->info
));
22166 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
22167 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
22168 (ref
->lineno
, "Included from line number %lu",
22169 (unsigned long)ref
->lineno
);
22170 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num
, "file %s", ref
->info
);
22173 case DW_MACINFO_end_file
:
22174 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
22176 case DW_MACINFO_define
:
22177 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
22178 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref
->lineno
, "At line number %lu",
22179 (unsigned long)ref
->lineno
);
22180 dw2_asm_output_nstring (ref
->info
, -1, "The macro");
22182 case DW_MACINFO_undef
:
22183 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
22184 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref
->lineno
, "At line number %lu",
22185 (unsigned long)ref
->lineno
);
22186 dw2_asm_output_nstring (ref
->info
, -1, "The macro");
22189 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%s unrecognized macinfo code %lu\n",
22190 ASM_COMMENT_START
, (unsigned long)ref
->code
);
22196 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
22199 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22201 /* Allocate the file_table. */
22202 file_table
= htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash
,
22203 file_table_eq
, NULL
);
22205 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
22206 decl_die_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash
,
22207 decl_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
22209 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
22210 decl_loc_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash
,
22211 decl_loc_table_eq
, NULL
);
22213 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
22214 decl_scope_table
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 256);
22216 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
22217 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_die_ref
22218 (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
22219 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
22220 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
22221 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
22223 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
22224 line_info_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_line_info_entry
22225 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
22226 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
22228 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
22229 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
22231 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
22232 pubname_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
22233 pubtype_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
22235 /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
22236 vcall_insn_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash
,
22237 vcall_insn_table_eq
, NULL
);
22239 incomplete_types
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 64);
22241 used_rtx_array
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, gc
, 32);
22243 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
22244 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22245 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
22246 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22247 debug_aranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
,
22248 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22249 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
,
22250 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22251 debug_line_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
,
22252 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22253 debug_loc_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
,
22254 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22255 debug_pubnames_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
,
22256 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22257 debug_pubtypes_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
,
22258 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22259 debug_dcall_section
= get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
,
22260 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22261 debug_vcall_section
= get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
,
22262 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22263 debug_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
,
22264 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
22265 debug_ranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
,
22266 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22267 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
22268 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22270 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
22271 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
22272 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22273 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22274 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label
,
22275 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22276 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
22278 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
22279 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22280 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
22281 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22282 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
22283 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22284 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
22285 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22287 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
22288 macinfo_table
= VEC_alloc (macinfo_entry
, gc
, 64);
22290 switch_to_section (text_section
);
22291 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
22294 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
22295 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
22298 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
22300 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
22301 && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()
22302 && (!(flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
)
22303 || targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) != UI_DWARF2
))
22304 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
22307 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
22308 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
22311 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22313 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
22315 if (node
->label
&& node
->refcount
)
22317 switch_to_section (debug_str_section
);
22318 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
22319 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
22325 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
22326 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
22329 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die
)
22333 gcc_assert (! die
->die_mark
);
22334 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, verify_marks_clear (c
));
22336 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
22338 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
22339 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
22342 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
22348 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unmark_dies (c
));
22351 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
22352 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
22355 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
22360 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
22362 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
22364 /* A reference to another DIE.
22365 Make sure that it will get emitted.
22366 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
22367 if (dwarf_version
< 4
22368 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
22369 || a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
->die_id
.die_type_node
== NULL
)
22370 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
22372 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
22373 accounts properly for it. */
22374 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
22375 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
= 0;
22379 /* Mark the generic parameters and arguments children DIEs of DIE. */
22382 prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
22386 if (die
== NULL
|| die
->die_child
== NULL
)
22388 c
= die
->die_child
;
22391 switch (c
->die_tag
)
22393 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
22394 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
22395 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
:
22396 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
:
22397 prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1);
22403 } while (c
&& c
!= die
->die_child
);
22406 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
22407 to DIE's children. */
22410 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
22414 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
22416 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
22418 /* If this is the DIE of a generic type instantiation,
22419 mark the children DIEs that describe its generic parms and
22421 prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (die
);
22423 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
22424 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
22425 if (die
->die_parent
)
22426 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
22428 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
22429 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
22431 /* If this node is a specification,
22432 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
22433 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
22434 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
22437 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
22439 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
22440 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
22443 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
22444 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
22445 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
22446 for all type definitions. */
22447 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
22448 || (dwarf_version
>= 4
22449 && is_type_die (die
) && ! is_declaration_die (die
)))
22450 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1));
22452 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
22456 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
22457 and if so, mark them. */
22460 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die
)
22464 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
22467 switch (die
->die_tag
)
22469 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
22470 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
22471 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
22474 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
22475 if (!get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
22476 || die
->die_definition
!= NULL
)
22477 prune_unused_types_mark (die
, 1);
22484 /* Mark children. */
22485 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c
));
22488 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
22491 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
22495 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
22496 children have been marked as well. */
22497 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
22500 switch (die
->die_tag
)
22502 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
22503 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
22504 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
22505 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
22508 for (c
= die
->die_parent
; c
; c
= c
->die_parent
)
22509 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
22512 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
22513 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
22514 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
22515 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
22516 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
22518 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die
);
22520 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
22523 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
22524 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
22525 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
22526 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
22527 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
22528 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
22529 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
22530 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
22531 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
22532 case DW_TAG_friend
:
22533 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
22534 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
22535 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
22536 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
22537 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
22538 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
22539 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
22540 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
22541 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
22544 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
22548 /* Mark everything else. */
22552 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
22556 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
22557 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
22562 /* Mark children. */
22563 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
22566 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
22570 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die
)
22575 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
22576 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
22578 struct indirect_string_node
*s
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
22580 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
22581 twice in the hash table. */
22583 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) ? 1 : 2))
22586 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, s
->str
,
22587 htab_hash_string (s
->str
),
22589 gcc_assert (*slot
== NULL
);
22595 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
22598 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
22602 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
22603 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die
);
22605 if (! die
->die_child
)
22608 c
= die
->die_child
;
22610 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
22611 for (c
= c
->die_sib
; ! c
->die_mark
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
22612 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
22614 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
22616 /* No marked children at all. */
22617 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
22620 prev
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
22621 die
->die_child
= prev
;
22626 if (c
!= prev
->die_sib
)
22628 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
22629 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
22632 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
22633 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
22634 decided to emit. */
22637 prune_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22639 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
22641 if (!node
->label
|| !node
->refcount
)
22642 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash
, h
);
22647 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
22650 prune_unused_types (void)
22653 limbo_die_node
*node
;
22654 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
22656 dcall_entry
*dcall
;
22658 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
22659 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
22660 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die ());
22661 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
22662 verify_marks_clear (node
->die
);
22663 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
22664 verify_marks_clear (ctnode
->root_die
);
22665 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
22667 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
22668 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
22670 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
22671 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die ());
22672 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
22673 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
22674 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
22676 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode
->root_die
);
22677 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode
->type_die
, 1);
22680 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
22681 pubname_table or arange_table. */
22682 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
, i
, pub
)
22683 prune_unused_types_mark (pub
->die
, 1);
22684 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
22685 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
22687 /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */
22688 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, dcall
)
22689 prune_unused_types_mark (dcall
->targ_die
, 1);
22691 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
22692 if (debug_str_hash
&& debug_str_hash_forced
)
22693 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, prune_indirect_string
, NULL
);
22694 else if (debug_str_hash
)
22695 htab_empty (debug_str_hash
);
22696 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die ());
22697 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
22698 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
22699 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
22700 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode
->root_die
);
22702 /* Leave the marks clear. */
22703 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die ());
22704 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
22705 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
22706 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
22707 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode
->root_die
);
22710 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
22713 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot
, void *param
)
22715 bool *p
= (bool *) param
;
22716 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
22717 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d
->filename
))
22725 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
22728 htab_ct_hash (const void *of
)
22731 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of
;
22733 memcpy (&h
, type_node
->signature
, sizeof (h
));
22738 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
22740 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node_1
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of1
;
22741 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node_2
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of2
;
22743 return (! memcmp (type_node_1
->signature
, type_node_2
->signature
,
22744 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
));
22747 /* Move a DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
22748 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
22749 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
22750 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
22751 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
22752 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
22755 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
)
22757 unsigned ix
= VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
);
22758 dw_attr_node linkage
= *VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
- 1);
22760 gcc_assert (linkage
.dw_attr
== DW_AT_linkage_name
22761 || linkage
.dw_attr
== DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
);
22765 dw_attr_node
*prev
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
- 1);
22767 if (prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_line
|| prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_name
)
22771 if (ix
!= VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
) - 1)
22773 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
);
22774 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, &linkage
);
22778 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
22779 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
22780 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
22783 resolve_one_addr (rtx
*addr
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22787 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
22789 size_t len
= strlen (XSTR (rtl
, 0)) + 1;
22790 tree t
= build_string (len
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
22791 tree tlen
= build_int_cst (NULL_TREE
, len
- 1);
22793 = build_array_type (char_type_node
, build_index_type (tlen
));
22794 rtl
= lookup_constant_def (t
);
22795 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
22797 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
22798 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
22803 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
22804 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)
22805 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)))
22808 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
22809 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl
, 0), resolve_one_addr
, NULL
))
22815 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
22816 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
22817 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
22820 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
22822 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
22823 if (((loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
|| loc
->dtprel
)
22824 && resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
))
22825 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_implicit_value
22826 && loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
== dw_val_class_addr
22827 && resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
)))
22829 else if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
22830 && loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_decl_ref
)
22833 = lookup_decl_die (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
);
22836 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
22837 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
22838 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
22843 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
22844 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
22845 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
22846 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
22847 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
22848 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
22851 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die
)
22855 dw_loc_list_ref
*curr
;
22858 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
22859 switch (AT_class (a
))
22861 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
22862 curr
= AT_loc_list_ptr (a
);
22865 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr
)->expr
))
22867 dw_loc_list_ref next
= (*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
22868 if (next
&& (*curr
)->ll_symbol
)
22870 gcc_assert (!next
->ll_symbol
);
22871 next
->ll_symbol
= (*curr
)->ll_symbol
;
22876 curr
= &(*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
22878 if (!AT_loc_list (a
))
22880 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
22884 case dw_val_class_loc
:
22885 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a
)))
22887 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
22891 case dw_val_class_addr
:
22892 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_const_value
22893 && resolve_one_addr (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
))
22895 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
22903 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, resolve_addr (c
));
22906 /* Helper routines for optimize_location_lists.
22907 This pass tries to share identical local lists in .debug_loc
22910 /* Iteratively hash operands of LOC opcode. */
22912 static inline hashval_t
22913 hash_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, hashval_t hash
)
22915 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
22916 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
22918 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
22920 case DW_OP_const4u
:
22921 case DW_OP_const8u
:
22925 case DW_OP_const1u
:
22926 case DW_OP_const1s
:
22927 case DW_OP_const2u
:
22928 case DW_OP_const2s
:
22929 case DW_OP_const4s
:
22930 case DW_OP_const8s
:
22934 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
22970 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
22971 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
22972 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val1
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
22979 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
22980 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
22981 hash
= iterative_hash_object (offset
, hash
);
22984 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
22985 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, hash
);
22986 switch (val2
->val_class
)
22988 case dw_val_class_const
:
22989 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
22991 case dw_val_class_vec
:
22993 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
22994 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
22996 hash
= iterative_hash_object (elt_size
, hash
);
22997 hash
= iterative_hash_object (len
, hash
);
22998 hash
= iterative_hash (val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
22999 len
* elt_size
, hash
);
23002 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
23003 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.low
, hash
);
23004 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.high
, hash
);
23006 case dw_val_class_addr
:
23007 hash
= iterative_hash_rtx (val2
->v
.val_addr
, hash
);
23010 gcc_unreachable ();
23014 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
23015 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val1
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
23016 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
23022 unsigned char dtprel
= 0xd1;
23023 hash
= iterative_hash_object (dtprel
, hash
);
23025 hash
= iterative_hash_rtx (val1
->v
.val_addr
, hash
);
23027 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
23028 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
23032 /* Other codes have no operands. */
23038 /* Iteratively hash the whole DWARF location expression LOC. */
23040 static inline hashval_t
23041 hash_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, hashval_t hash
)
23043 dw_loc_descr_ref l
;
23044 bool sizes_computed
= false;
23045 /* Compute sizes, so that DW_OP_skip/DW_OP_bra can be checksummed. */
23046 size_of_locs (loc
);
23048 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
23050 enum dwarf_location_atom opc
= l
->dw_loc_opc
;
23051 hash
= iterative_hash_object (opc
, hash
);
23052 if ((opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| opc
== DW_OP_bra
) && !sizes_computed
)
23054 size_of_locs (loc
);
23055 sizes_computed
= true;
23057 hash
= hash_loc_operands (l
, hash
);
23062 /* Compute hash of the whole location list LIST_HEAD. */
23065 hash_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
23067 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
23068 hashval_t hash
= 0;
23070 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
23072 hash
= iterative_hash (curr
->begin
, strlen (curr
->begin
) + 1, hash
);
23073 hash
= iterative_hash (curr
->end
, strlen (curr
->end
) + 1, hash
);
23075 hash
= iterative_hash (curr
->section
, strlen (curr
->section
) + 1,
23077 hash
= hash_locs (curr
->expr
, hash
);
23079 list_head
->hash
= hash
;
23082 /* Return true if X and Y opcodes have the same operands. */
23085 compare_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref x
, dw_loc_descr_ref y
)
23087 dw_val_ref valx1
= &x
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
23088 dw_val_ref valx2
= &x
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
23089 dw_val_ref valy1
= &y
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
23090 dw_val_ref valy2
= &y
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
23092 switch (x
->dw_loc_opc
)
23094 case DW_OP_const4u
:
23095 case DW_OP_const8u
:
23099 case DW_OP_const1u
:
23100 case DW_OP_const1s
:
23101 case DW_OP_const2u
:
23102 case DW_OP_const2s
:
23103 case DW_OP_const4s
:
23104 case DW_OP_const8s
:
23108 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
23144 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
23145 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
23146 return valx1
->v
.val_int
== valy1
->v
.val_int
;
23149 gcc_assert (valx1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
23150 && valy1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
23151 && x
->dw_loc_addr
== y
->dw_loc_addr
);
23152 return valx1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
== valy1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
;
23153 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
23154 if (valx1
->v
.val_unsigned
!= valy1
->v
.val_unsigned
23155 || valx2
->val_class
!= valy2
->val_class
)
23157 switch (valx2
->val_class
)
23159 case dw_val_class_const
:
23160 return valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
23161 case dw_val_class_vec
:
23162 return valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
23163 && valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.length
23164 && memcmp (valx2
->v
.val_vec
.array
, valy2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
23165 valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
23166 * valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
) == 0;
23167 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
23168 return valx2
->v
.val_double
.low
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.low
23169 && valx2
->v
.val_double
.high
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
23170 case dw_val_class_addr
:
23171 return rtx_equal_p (valx2
->v
.val_addr
, valy2
->v
.val_addr
);
23173 gcc_unreachable ();
23176 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
23177 return valx1
->v
.val_int
== valy1
->v
.val_int
23178 && valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
23181 return rtx_equal_p (valx1
->v
.val_addr
, valx2
->v
.val_addr
);
23182 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
23183 return valx1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
23184 && valx1
->val_class
== valy1
->val_class
23185 && valx1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== valy1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
23186 && valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
23188 /* Other codes have no operands. */
23193 /* Return true if DWARF location expressions X and Y are the same. */
23196 compare_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref x
, dw_loc_descr_ref y
)
23198 for (; x
!= NULL
&& y
!= NULL
; x
= x
->dw_loc_next
, y
= y
->dw_loc_next
)
23199 if (x
->dw_loc_opc
!= y
->dw_loc_opc
23200 || x
->dtprel
!= y
->dtprel
23201 || !compare_loc_operands (x
, y
))
23203 return x
== NULL
&& y
== NULL
;
23206 /* Return precomputed hash of location list X. */
23209 loc_list_hash (const void *x
)
23211 return ((const struct dw_loc_list_struct
*) x
)->hash
;
23214 /* Return 1 if location lists X and Y are the same. */
23217 loc_list_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
23219 const struct dw_loc_list_struct
*a
= (const struct dw_loc_list_struct
*) x
;
23220 const struct dw_loc_list_struct
*b
= (const struct dw_loc_list_struct
*) y
;
23223 if (a
->hash
!= b
->hash
)
23225 for (; a
!= NULL
&& b
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_loc_next
, b
= b
->dw_loc_next
)
23226 if (strcmp (a
->begin
, b
->begin
) != 0
23227 || strcmp (a
->end
, b
->end
) != 0
23228 || (a
->section
== NULL
) != (b
->section
== NULL
)
23229 || (a
->section
&& strcmp (a
->section
, b
->section
) != 0)
23230 || !compare_locs (a
->expr
, b
->expr
))
23232 return a
== NULL
&& b
== NULL
;
23235 /* Recursively optimize location lists referenced from DIE
23236 children and share them whenever possible. */
23239 optimize_location_lists_1 (dw_die_ref die
, htab_t htab
)
23246 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
23247 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
23249 dw_loc_list_ref list
= AT_loc_list (a
);
23250 /* TODO: perform some optimizations here, before hashing
23251 it and storing into the hash table. */
23252 hash_loc_list (list
);
23253 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab
, list
, list
->hash
,
23256 *slot
= (void *) list
;
23258 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= (dw_loc_list_ref
) *slot
;
23261 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, optimize_location_lists_1 (c
, htab
));
23264 /* Optimize location lists referenced from DIE
23265 children and share them whenever possible. */
23268 optimize_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
23270 htab_t htab
= htab_create (500, loc_list_hash
, loc_list_eq
, NULL
);
23271 optimize_location_lists_1 (die
, htab
);
23272 htab_delete (htab
);
23275 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
23276 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
23279 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
23281 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
23282 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
23283 htab_t comdat_type_table
;
23286 gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies ();
23287 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
23289 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
23290 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
23291 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die (), remap_debug_filename (filename
));
23292 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
))
23293 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ());
23294 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
23297 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_table_relative_p
, &p
);
23299 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ());
23302 for (i
= 0; i
< VEC_length (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
); i
++)
23304 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
23305 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->die
,
23306 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->variable
,
23310 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
23311 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
23312 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
23313 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
23315 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
23317 dw_die_ref die
= node
->die
;
23318 next_node
= node
->next
;
23320 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
23322 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
23325 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
23326 else if (is_cu_die (die
))
23328 else if (seen_error ())
23329 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
23330 add_child_die (comp_unit_die (), die
);
23333 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
23334 nested function can be optimized away, which results
23335 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
23336 with the return type of that nested function. Force
23337 this to be a child of the containing function.
23339 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
23340 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
23341 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
23342 the function is likely unreachable too. */
23343 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
23345 gcc_assert (node
->created_for
);
23347 if (DECL_P (node
->created_for
))
23348 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
23349 else if (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
))
23350 context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
23352 gcc_assert (context
23353 && (TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
23354 || TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
));
23356 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
23358 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
23360 add_child_die (comp_unit_die (), die
);
23365 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
23367 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die ());
23369 for (node
= deferred_asm_name
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
23371 tree decl
= node
->created_for
;
23372 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
23374 add_linkage_attr (node
->die
, decl
);
23375 move_linkage_attr (node
->die
);
23379 deferred_asm_name
= NULL
;
23381 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
23382 emit full debugging info for them. */
23383 retry_incomplete_types ();
23385 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
23386 prune_unused_types ();
23388 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
23389 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
23390 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
23391 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die ());
23393 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
23394 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
23396 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die ());
23398 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
23399 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
23401 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
23403 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
23404 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
23405 references to the main compile unit). */
23406 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
23407 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode
->root_die
);
23408 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die ());
23410 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
23411 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
23412 referenced. Prune them. */
23413 prune_unused_types ();
23416 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
23417 that have children. */
23418 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die ());
23419 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
23420 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
23421 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
23422 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode
->root_die
);
23424 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
23425 switch_to_section (text_section
);
23426 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
23427 if (cold_text_section
)
23429 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
23430 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
23433 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
23435 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
23436 || (dwarf_version
< 3 && dwarf_strict
))
23438 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
23439 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
23444 unsigned fde_idx
= 0;
23445 bool range_list_added
= false;
23447 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
23448 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
23449 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
23450 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
23451 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
23452 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_low_pc
, const0_rtx
);
23453 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
23455 if (text_section_used
)
23456 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), text_section_label
,
23457 text_end_label
, &range_list_added
);
23458 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
&& cold_text_section_used
)
23459 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), cold_text_section_label
,
23460 cold_end_label
, &range_list_added
);
23462 for (fde_idx
= 0; fde_idx
< fde_table_in_use
; fde_idx
++)
23464 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_idx
];
23466 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
23468 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
23469 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (),
23470 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
23471 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
,
23472 &range_list_added
);
23473 if (!fde
->cold_in_std_section
)
23474 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (),
23475 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
23476 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
,
23477 &range_list_added
);
23479 else if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
23480 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
23481 fde
->dw_fde_end
, &range_list_added
);
23484 if (range_list_added
)
23488 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
23489 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_stmt_list
,
23490 debug_line_section_label
);
23492 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
23493 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
23495 if (have_location_lists
)
23496 optimize_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
23498 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
23499 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
23500 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
23501 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
23503 comdat_type_table
= htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash
, htab_ct_eq
, NULL
);
23504 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
23506 void **slot
= htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table
, ctnode
, INSERT
);
23508 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
23509 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
23512 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
23513 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
23515 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
23516 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode
->root_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
23517 debug_line_section_label
);
23519 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode
);
23522 htab_delete (comdat_type_table
);
23524 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
23525 will be emitted. */
23526 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die (), debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
);
23528 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
23529 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
23530 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
23531 output_abbrev_section ();
23533 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
23534 if (have_location_lists
)
23536 /* Output the location lists info. */
23537 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section
);
23538 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
23539 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
23540 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
23541 output_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
23544 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
23545 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
))
23547 gcc_assert (info_section_emitted
);
23548 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section
);
23549 output_pubnames (pubname_table
);
23552 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
23553 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
23554 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
23555 simply won't look for the section. */
23556 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubtype_table
))
23558 bool empty
= false;
23560 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
23562 /* The pubtypes table might be emptied by pruning unused items. */
23566 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry
, pubtype_table
, i
, p
)
23567 if (p
->die
->die_offset
!= 0)
23575 gcc_assert (info_section_emitted
);
23576 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section
);
23577 output_pubnames (pubtype_table
);
23581 /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */
23582 if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
))
23584 switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section
);
23585 output_dcall_table ();
23587 if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
))
23589 switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section
);
23590 output_vcall_table ();
23593 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
23594 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
23595 if (arange_table_in_use
)
23597 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section
);
23601 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
23602 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
23604 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section
);
23605 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
23609 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
23610 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
23611 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
23612 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
23613 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
23614 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
23615 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
23616 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
23617 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
23618 output_line_info ();
23620 /* Have to end the macro section. */
23621 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
23623 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
23624 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
23625 if (!VEC_empty (macinfo_entry
, macinfo_table
))
23627 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
23630 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
23632 if (debug_str_hash
)
23633 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
23636 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"